WO2021139818A1 - Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, transportation tool, and multi-level imaging method - Google Patents

Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, transportation tool, and multi-level imaging method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021139818A1
WO2021139818A1 PCT/CN2021/071146 CN2021071146W WO2021139818A1 WO 2021139818 A1 WO2021139818 A1 WO 2021139818A1 CN 2021071146 W CN2021071146 W CN 2021071146W WO 2021139818 A1 WO2021139818 A1 WO 2021139818A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
light
display
image
distance
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071146
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐俊峰
吴慧军
方涛
Original Assignee
未来(北京)黑科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202010029223.6A external-priority patent/CN113103955A/en
Priority claimed from CN202010029234.4A external-priority patent/CN113126294B/en
Application filed by 未来(北京)黑科技有限公司 filed Critical 未来(北京)黑科技有限公司
Publication of WO2021139818A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021139818A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60RVEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R16/00Electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for; Arrangement of elements of electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for
    • B60R16/02Electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for; Arrangement of elements of electric or fluid circuits specially adapted for vehicles and not otherwise provided for electric constitutive elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays

Definitions

  • the at least two image sources included in the head-up display include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source
  • the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a second transflective film
  • the first image source is configured to emit a first light
  • the second image source is configured to emit a second light
  • the third image source is configured to emit a third light
  • the first transflective film is configured to transmit The first light and the second light and the third light are reflected
  • the second transflective film is configured to reflect the third light and transmit the first light.
  • FIG. 36 shows a flowchart executed by the ECU when a vehicle driving recommendation is given in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure
  • an electronic control unit not only includes vehicle state control devices such as vehicle speed, motor, fuel consumption, and shift efficiency, but also includes in-vehicle systems such as entertainment interactive systems and car networking systems.
  • vehicle state control devices such as vehicle speed, motor, fuel consumption, and shift efficiency
  • in-vehicle systems such as entertainment interactive systems and car networking systems.
  • the first light emitted by the first image source 300, the second light emitted by the second image source 302, and the third light emitted by the third image source 304 have different propagation path lengths, which means that the first light
  • the object distances of the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source 304 are different, resulting in the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source
  • the image distances of 304 are different, so that the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source 304 can respectively image at different positions from the eye box area to achieve multi-level imaging.
  • the ECU may perform the following steps:
  • the image sensor After the image sensor collects the image around the vehicle, it measures the distance between the moving target and the vehicle measured by the sensor, and generates distance information based on the sensor identification of the image sensor itself, the collected images of the surrounding vehicle, and the distance between the moving target and the vehicle, and sends it To the ECU.
  • second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the AR-HUD for display; wherein, the second safety distance threshold is used to indicate The safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle;
  • the path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is obtained from the first distance information.
  • the specific process of the above steps, and the ECU described in the above steps, is used to generate collision warning information when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, and send the collision warning information to
  • the specific process described in the process of AR-HUD display is similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the status information of the road where the vehicle is located includes, but is not limited to: including: reminder information about maintenance ahead of the road, reminder information about damage ahead of the road, reminder information about traffic accidents in front of the road, and obstacles Reminder information.
  • safety signs can be green safety signs, and danger signs can be red warning signs;
  • the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located, and the warning The information is sent to the target image source for display.
  • the AR-HUD shown in Figure 14 for a schematic diagram of fusing the path contour map with the road where the vehicle is located, where the solid line part is the road part that can be seen through the eye box area, and the dashed line part is the path contour map showing Part of the road.
  • the ECU sends an image acquisition instruction to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects bad weather road images of the road where the vehicle is located.
  • the sixth color may be a striking color such as red, blue, and green.
  • the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub-head-up display to display the first external target that meets the first selection condition, and control the second sub-head-up display to display the first external target that meets the second selection condition.
  • Two external targets, the first condition and the second condition are different, and the first external target and the second external target are different.
  • the windshield may adopt any shape of the vehicle windshield to display the image of the second sub-head-up display, which will not be repeated here.
  • the full-window HUD is used to display the environmental information sent by the ECU and the driving information of the vehicle.
  • the light control device 100 is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection device 102 so that the light enters the eye box area after being reflected by the windshield 104.
  • the diffractive optical element 1002 is used to control the degree of light diffusion.
  • the spread angle and spot size of the light after dispersion determine the brightness and viewing angle of the final imaging.
  • the viewing angle is also smaller; the greater the dispersion angle of the diffractive optical element 1002, the smaller the imaging brightness, and the larger the viewing angle.
  • the diffractive optical element 1002 can disperse the condensed light after being controlled by the light converging unit 1000 at a certain angle, so as to cover the required eye box area.
  • the substrate layer 404 may not be provided.
  • the light converging unit 1000 may use counter-reflective particles to emit the incident light in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light.
  • the light condensing unit 1000 can be transparent spherical particles or ellipsoidal particles. It can be made of glass beads, transparent resin, polymer or other materials similar to glass. It can use exposed particles and sealed particles. , And embedded particles.
  • the light converging unit 1000 may be arranged according to a first distortion form, and the first distortion form is in an opposite and corresponding relationship with the second distortion form of the windshield.
  • the light control device 100 arranged in a rectangular manner when used for imaging on the windshield 104, the light control device 100 arranged in a rectangular manner can form a virtual image on the windshield 104, but due to The windshield has a second distortion form, so the virtual image is a distorted image.
  • the grid pattern on the windshield 104 in FIG. 21 represents a pincushion distortion virtual image.
  • the first distortion shape corresponding and opposite to the second distortion shape of the windshield 104 is determined, and the light control device 100 is arranged according to the first distortion shape to eliminate the windshield The distortion caused. For example, referring to FIG.
  • the equivalent image source is an image formed on the side of the curved mirror away from the image source after the light emitted by the image source is reflected on the curved mirror.
  • the equivalent image sources of the equivalent image sources with different positions can be separated on the windshield away from the eye box.
  • One side of the area forms an image with a different distance from the eye box area, and the images with a different distance from the eye box area can be visually merged with scenes at different distances from the eye box area in the real environment.
  • the term "visually fused with the real environment (scene in the real environment)” refers to the image presented by the AR-HUD and the real environment ( The scene in the real environment) is completely fit/coincident together.
  • the light emitted by the long-distance imaging image source can form a long-distance image after exiting the AR-HUD.
  • FIG. 37B The schematic diagrams of displaying images when the AR-HUD and the full-window HUD are working at the same time are shown in Fig. 37B and Fig. 37C.
  • the curved mirror reflects the incident third light out of the head-up display, so that the third light reflected out of the head-up display can form a third image according to the propagation path length of the third light.
  • second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the full-window HUD for display; wherein, the second safety distance threshold is used for Indicates the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle.
  • the first distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is acquired through the first distance information sent by the distance-measuring sensor installed on the head of the vehicle, and the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is obtained through the distance-measuring sensor installed at the rear of the vehicle
  • the second distance information acquires the second distance to the rear vehicle
  • the third distance information and the fourth distance information respectively sent by the distance measuring sensors installed on both sides of the vehicle are used to acquire the side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle.
  • the third distance and the fourth distance is the first distance information sent by the distance-measuring sensor installed on the head of the vehicle, and the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is obtained through the distance-measuring sensor installed at the rear of the vehicle
  • the second distance information acquires the second distance to the rear vehicle
  • the third distance information and the fourth distance information respectively sent by the distance measuring sensors installed on both sides of the vehicle are used to acquire the side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle.
  • the third distance and the fourth distance are used to acquire the side vehicles located on
  • the specific process of generating the first distance information, the second distance information, the third distance information, and the fourth distance information is at least partly similar to the foregoing process of generating distance information, and will not be repeated here. .
  • the ECU also stores a second safety distance threshold and a third safety distance threshold.
  • the target image source For example, while controlling the target image source to display the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle in the color corresponding to the second color mark, at the same time, after confirming that a safe driving distance is maintained, it is displayed through the traditional HUD method.
  • the effect can disappear after being displayed for a certain period of time; or it can always remain on the screen and be shown to the observer.
  • an image distance that matches the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and the AR-HUD is selected from a plurality of image sources that are closer to the target image distance.
  • the process of using the matched image source as the target image source is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
  • the good weather conditions include but are not limited to: sunny, cloudy and sunny, and cloudy.
  • the ECU is used to process the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle. After it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle, sending the image that identifies the target to the AR-HUD includes the following specific steps:
  • the sixth color may be an eye-catching color such as red, blue, and green.
  • processing the display data according to the driver's personal information includes: identifying the driver's identity information, and determining the driver's personal information based on the identity information.

Abstract

A multi-level imaging system, a head-up display, a transportation tool, and a multi-level imaging method. The multi-level imaging system has an eye box area and comprises an electronic control unit and a head-up display. The electronic control unit is communicationally connected to the head-up display. The electronic control unit is used for obtaining driving information and sending the driving information to the head-up display. The head-up display is configured to emit multiple paths of light to respectively display multiple layers of images to display the driving information, and the distances between at least some of the multiple layers of images and the eye box area are not equal.

Description

多层次成像系统、抬头显示器、交通工具以及多层次成像方法Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, vehicle, and multi-level imaging method
本申请要求于2020年1月10日递交的中国专利申请第202010029234.4号和202010029223.6号的优先权,在此全文引用上述中国专利申请公开的内容以作为本申请的一部分。This application claims the priority of Chinese patent application Nos. 202010029234.4 and 202010029223.6 filed on January 10, 2020, and the contents disclosed in the above-mentioned Chinese patent applications are cited here in full as a part of this application.
技术领域Technical field
本公开实施例涉及一种多层次成像系统、抬头显示器、交通工具以及多层次成像方法。The embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a multi-level imaging system, a head-up display, a vehicle, and a multi-level imaging method.
背景技术Background technique
目前,增强现实抬头显示器(Augmented Reality Head Up Display,AR-HUD)是抬头显示器(Head Up Display,HUD)中的一种,可以实现很好的视觉体验。At present, the Augmented Reality Head Up Display (AR-HUD) is one of the Head Up Display (HUD), which can achieve a good visual experience.
AR-HUD投射出的图像需要与真实环境中的场景(如:车或者物体)融合到一起,如方向指示箭头需要与道路精准融合,从而可以实现很好的视觉效果。The image projected by the AR-HUD needs to be integrated with the scene in the real environment (such as a car or an object). For example, the direction indicator arrow needs to be accurately integrated with the road to achieve a good visual effect.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本公开至少一实施例提供一种多层次成像系统,具有眼盒区域并且包括:电子控制单元以及抬头显示器。所述电子控制单元与所述抬头显示器通信连接;所述电子控制单元用于获取驾驶信息,并将所述驾驶信息发送到所述抬头显示器;所述抬头显示器配置为发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域距离不等。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure provides a multi-level imaging system having an eye box area and including: an electronic control unit and a head-up display. The electronic control unit is communicatively connected with the head-up display; the electronic control unit is used to obtain driving information and send the driving information to the head-up display; the head-up display is configured to emit multiple lights to display separately A multi-layer image is used to display the driving information, and at least a part of the multi-layer image has a different distance from the eye box area.
在一些示例中,所述抬头显示器包括第一子抬头显示器,所述第一子抬头显示器为增强现实抬头显示器。In some examples, the head-up display includes a first sub-head-up display, and the first sub-head-up display is an augmented reality head-up display.
在一些示例中,所述增强现实抬头显示配置为显示单层图像;或者所述增强现实抬头显示器被配置为发出所述多路光线中的至少两路光线以显示所述多层图像中的至少两层图像。In some examples, the augmented reality head-up display is configured to display a single-layer image; or the augmented reality head-up display is configured to emit at least two of the multiple light rays to display at least one of the multi-layer images Two-layer image.
在一些示例中,所述驾驶信息包括行驶信息和环境信息。In some examples, the driving information includes driving information and environmental information.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统还包括成像窗,所述成像窗为车辆的挡风玻璃,所述眼盒区域为所述车辆的眼盒区域;所述挡风玻璃用于在所述挡风玻璃远离所述抬头显示器的一侧呈现出由所述多路光线形成的与所述眼盒区域距离不同的多层图像,形成所述多层图像中的任一层图像的光线能够进入所述眼盒区域。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system further includes an imaging window, the imaging window is a windshield of a vehicle, the eye box area is an eye box area of the vehicle; the windshield is used to The side of the windshield away from the head-up display presents a multi-layer image formed by the multi-path light with a different distance from the eye box area, and the light forming any layer of the multi-layer image can be Enter the eye box area.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统还包括数据采集设备,所述数据采集设备用于 获取所述车辆周围的环境信息,并将获取到的所述环境信息发送给所述电子控制单元。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system further includes a data acquisition device configured to acquire environmental information around the vehicle and send the acquired environmental information to the electronic control unit.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统为用于交通工具的成像系统。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system is an imaging system for vehicles.
在一些示例中,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括像源、平面镜和曲面镜,所述像源发出的光线经过所述曲面镜反射后入射到所述平面镜,并在所述平面镜上发生反射后射出。或者,所述抬头显示器,包括曲面镜和至少两个像源;所述至少两个像源用于分别发出所述至少两路光线;所述至少两路光线在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同;所述曲面镜用于反射入射至所述曲面镜的所述至少两路光线。In some examples, the augmented reality head-up display includes an image source, a flat mirror, and a curved mirror. The light emitted by the image source is reflected by the curved mirror and then enters the flat mirror, and is reflected on the flat mirror and then exits. . Alternatively, the head-up display includes a curved mirror and at least two image sources; the at least two image sources are used to respectively emit the at least two paths of light; the at least two paths of light are respectively emitted from the image sources of the respective paths of light. The length of the propagation path between the curved mirror and the curved mirror is different; the curved mirror is used to reflect the at least two rays of light incident on the curved mirror.
在一些示例中,所述抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源中的至少之一位于所述曲面镜的靠近焦平面位置或焦平面所在位置。In some examples, at least one of the at least two image sources included in the head-up display is located at a position close to or a focal plane of the curved mirror.
在一些示例中,所述抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线,以及反射所述第二光线。或者,所述抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜和第二透反膜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第二光线及所述第三光线;所述第二透反膜配置为反射所述第三光线以及透射所述第一光线。或者,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜和第二透反膜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线和所述第三光线以及反射所述第二光线;所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第三光线。或者,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜、第二透反膜和第一反射镜;所述第一反射镜包括平面反射镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第一光线;所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;所述平面反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线。In some examples, the at least two image sources included in the head-up display include a first image source and a second image source, the head-up display further includes a first transflective film; the first image source is configured to emit For the first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light; the first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the second light. Alternatively, the at least two image sources included in the head-up display include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a second transflective film The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light; the first transflective film is configured to transmit The first light and the second light and the third light are reflected; the second transflective film is configured to reflect the third light and transmit the first light. Alternatively, the at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a second transflective film; the first image source configuration In order to emit the first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light; the first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and the The third light and the second light are reflected; the second transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the third light. Alternatively, the at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the head-up display further includes a first transflective film, a second transflective film, and a first mirror; The first mirror includes a flat mirror; the first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light; The first transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the first light; the second transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light; the plane mirror is configured To reflect the first light, the second light, and the third light.
在一些示例中,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一反射镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线和所述第二光线;所述第一反射镜包括平面反射镜;所述平面反射镜将所述至少两个像源发出的所述至少两路光线反射到所述曲面镜。或者,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一反射镜和第二反射镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线;所述第二反射镜配 置为反射所述第二光线。In some examples, the at least two image sources include a first image source and a second image source, the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first mirror; the first image source is configured to emit a first light, so The second image source is configured to emit a second light; the first reflector is configured to reflect the first light and the second light; the first reflector includes a flat reflector; the flat reflector The at least two light rays emitted by the at least two image sources are reflected to the curved mirror. Alternatively, the at least two image sources include a first image source and a second image source, the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first mirror and a second mirror; the first image source is configured to emit a first light , The second image source is configured to emit a second light; the first reflector is configured to reflect the first light; the second reflector is configured to reflect the second light.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元还用于当对所述驾驶信息处理后确定出需要标识的外界目标时,将标识所述外界目标的信息发送到所述第一子抬头显示器;所述第一子抬头显示器显示的图像与所述外界目标距离匹配且与所述外界目标融合。In some examples, the electronic control unit is further configured to send information identifying the external target to the first sub head-up display when it is determined that the external target needs to be identified after processing the driving information; The image displayed by the first head-up display matches the distance of the external target and merges with the external target.
在一些示例中,所述抬头显示器还包括第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度,所述第二子抬头显示器的竖直方向视场角不小于5度。In some examples, the head-up display further includes a second sub-head-up display, the horizontal viewing angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees, and the vertical viewing angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees. Less than 5 degrees.
在一些示例中,所述第二子抬头显示器包括投影设备和光线控制装置;所述投影设备用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线;所述光线控制装置用于改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,以使所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度且竖直方向视场角不小于5度。In some examples, the second head-up display includes a projection device and a light control device; the projection device is used to emit light that can be incident on the light control device; the light control device is used to change the projection device The exit direction of the emitted light so that the horizontal field angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees and the vertical field angle is not less than 5 degrees.
在一些示例中,所述光线控制装置包括:光线会聚单元和弥散元件;所述光线会聚单元用于将所述入射到所述光线控制装置的光线沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;所述弥散元件将入射的光线扩散并形成用于形成光斑的光束。In some examples, the light control device includes: a light converging unit and a diffusing element; the light converging unit is used to reflect the light incident on the light control device in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light. The dispersion element; the dispersion element diffuses the incident light and forms a beam used to form a spot.
在一些示例中,所述光线会聚单元,包括:倒三角锥微结构、支撑结构和基板层;倒三角锥微结构和所述支撑结构设置在所述基板层上,且所述倒三角锥微结构位于所述支撑结构远离所述基板层的一侧;所述倒三角锥微结构的折射率大于所述支撑结构的折射率;所述倒三角锥微结构配置为将所述入射光线中入射角大于临界角的光线以全反射的方式沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件。In some examples, the light converging unit includes: an inverted triangular pyramid microstructure, a supporting structure, and a substrate layer; the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure and the supporting structure are disposed on the substrate layer, and the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure The structure is located on the side of the support structure away from the substrate layer; the refractive index of the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is greater than the refractive index of the support structure; the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is configured to incident the incident light The light whose angle is greater than the critical angle is reflected to the dispersion element in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light in a manner of total reflection.
在一些示例中,所述光线会聚单元,包括:在光线的入射方向上依次设置的光线会聚层、隔离层、平面反射层、以及衬底;所述平面反射层位于所述光线会聚层的焦平面上;所述光线会聚层和所述平面反射层分别采用不同的超材料制成;所述光线会聚层,用于通过改变入射的光线的相位,将入射的光线会聚到所述平面反射层上,并用于将所述平面反射层反射回的光线沿光线入射所述光线会聚层的方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;所述平面反射层,用于改变所述光线会聚层会聚的光线的相位,并将相位改变后的光线反射至所述光线会聚层。In some examples, the light condensing unit includes: a light condensing layer, an isolation layer, a planar reflective layer, and a substrate sequentially arranged in the incident direction of the light; the planar reflective layer is located at the focal point of the light converging layer. On a plane; the light condensing layer and the plane reflective layer are made of different metamaterials; the light condensing layer is used to converge the incident light to the plane reflective layer by changing the phase of the incident light And used to reflect the light reflected by the flat reflective layer to the dispersion element in a direction opposite to the direction in which the light enters the light converging layer; the planar reflective layer is used to change the convergence of the light converging layer The phase of the light, and the light after the phase change is reflected to the light converging layer.
在一些示例中,对于同一外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置为根据所述驾驶信息,控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第一信息,并且控制所述第二子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第二信息,所述第一信息和所述第二信息包括的内容至少部分不同。In some examples, for the same external target, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub head-up display to display the first information of the external target according to the driving information, and control the second sub head-up The display displays the second information of the external target, and the content included in the first information and the second information is at least partially different.
在一些示例中,对于多个外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示满足第一选取条件的第一外界目标,并且控制第二子抬头显示器显示满足第二选取条件的第二外界目标,所述第一条件和所述第二条件不同,所述第一外界目标和所述第二外界目标不同。In some examples, for multiple external targets, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub-head-up display to display the first external target that meets the first selection condition, and control the second sub-head-up display to display the second selection The second external target of the condition, the first condition and the second condition are different, and the first external target and the second external target are different.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述驾驶信息包括:所述车辆的车速信息;以及所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息,其中,所述周围车辆包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、位于所述车辆左侧的左侧方车辆、以及位于所述车辆右侧的右侧方车辆中的至少一者;所述电子控制单元,还被配置为用于:获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的第一距离、所述车辆与所述后方车辆之间的第二距离、所述车辆与所述左侧方车辆之间的第三距离、以及所述车辆与所述右侧方车辆之间的第四距离中的至少一者;根据所述车辆的车速信息,确定所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的第一安全距离阈值;当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并将所述第一预警信息发送到所述抬头显示器进行展示;当所述第二距离小于等于第二安全距离阈值时,生成第二预警信息,并将所述第二预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示;其中,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离;当所述第三距离和/或者所述第四距离小于等于第三安全距离阈值时,生成第三预警信息,并将所述第三预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示;其中,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for a vehicle, and the driving information includes: speed information of the vehicle; and distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles, wherein, The surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, a left vehicle located on the left side of the vehicle, and a right vehicle located on the right side of the vehicle. At least one; the electronic control unit is also configured to: obtain a first distance between the vehicle and the front vehicle, a second distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle, the At least one of the third distance between the vehicle and the vehicle on the left and the fourth distance between the vehicle and the vehicle on the right; determining the vehicle according to the speed information of the vehicle A first safe distance threshold to the vehicle in front; when the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold, first warning information is generated, and the first warning information is sent to all The head-up display is displayed; when the second distance is less than or equal to the second safe distance threshold, second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the head-up display for display; wherein, the second safe distance The threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle; when the third distance and/or the fourth distance is less than or equal to the third safe distance threshold, the third warning information is generated and the all The third warning information is sent to a head-up display for display; wherein, the third safe distance threshold is used to indicate a safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle.
在一些示例中,可以根据像距与第一距离的关系选择目标像源,例如,将第一距离与所述多个像源的多个像距进行比较,以从所述多个像距中选出目标像距。In some examples, the target image source may be selected according to the relationship between the image distance and the first distance. For example, the first distance may be compared with the multiple image distances of the multiple image sources to select the target image source from the multiple image distances. Select the target image distance.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元用于:当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息;获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像;根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径;从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第一颜色标识生成第一路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第一路径标识指令发送到所述抬头显示器中的目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来,并且将所述第一预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示;当所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值时,根据所述第一距离从所述抬头显示器的所述多个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第二颜色标识生成第二路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第二路径标识指令发送到所述目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来;当所述第一距离小于制动操作长度阈值时且当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值的时长大于第一预设时长阈值时,生成制动指令;利用生成的所述制动指令,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。In some examples, the electronic control unit is configured to: when the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold, generate first warning information; Path image; according to the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle, identify the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle; select a target from the multiple image sources of the head-up display Image source; use the first color identification to generate a first path identification instruction, and send the generated first path identification instruction to the target image source in the head-up display, and control the target image source to connect the vehicle with the The path between the preceding vehicles is displayed in the color corresponding to the first color mark, and the first warning information is sent to the target image source for display; when the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold When the target image source is selected from the multiple image sources of the head-up display according to the first distance; a second path identification instruction is generated using a second color identification, and the generated second path identification instruction is generated Send to the target image source, control the target image source to display the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle in the color corresponding to the second color mark; when the first distance is less than the braking operation When the length threshold is longer and when the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold and the duration is greater than the first preset duration threshold, a braking instruction is generated; the generated braking instruction is used to control the vehicle Perform a braking operation.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述电子控制单元还配置为:当所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域时,获取所述车辆的周围环境图像;当根据所述周围环境图像确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离;当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值 时,生成碰撞预警信息,并将所述碰撞预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for a vehicle, and the electronic control unit is further configured to obtain the surrounding environment of the vehicle when the location of the vehicle is a crowded area Image; when it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle based on the surrounding environment image, determine the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle; when the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is less than When the collision safety distance threshold is reached, collision warning information is generated, and the collision warning information is sent to the head-up display for display.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元还配置为:当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息;根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及根据所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状;从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第三颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第一尺寸和第一形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第一尺寸和第一形状生成所述非机动车指示框,并根据所述非机动车的所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,将所述非机动车标识出来,并且将所述碰撞预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。In some examples, the electronic control unit is further configured to generate collision warning information when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold; according to the location of the non-motor vehicle and According to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, determine the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle, and determine the non-motor vehicle outline based on the surrounding environment image The first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame; select the target image source from the multiple image sources of the head-up display; use the third color identification, the first size and the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate the non-motor vehicle The identification instruction, through the non-motor vehicle identification instruction, the target image source is controlled to use the color corresponding to the third color identification to generate the non-motor vehicle instruction frame according to the determined first size and first shape, and according to the The location of the non-motor vehicle integrates the non-motor vehicle indication frame and the non-motor vehicle, identifies the non-motor vehicle, and sends the collision warning information to a target image source for display.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:当所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离大于碰撞安全距离阈值时,确定所述非机动车的所在位置;当所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离小于等于预警距离阈值时,根据所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离从所述抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形;其中,所述预警图形与所述非机动车融合到一起。In some examples, the electronic control unit is further configured to determine the location of the non-motor vehicle when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the collision safety distance threshold; When the distance between the motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than or equal to the warning distance threshold, the target image source is selected from the head-up display according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle; the target image source is controlled to use the fourth color The color corresponding to the mark generates a warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle; wherein the warning graphic is fused with the non-motor vehicle.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,获取非机动车图像,并确定所述非机动车的当前所在位置;根据所述非机动车的所述当前所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第二尺寸,并基于所述非机动车图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第二形状;根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;利用第五颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车指示框,并基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起。In some examples, the electronic control unit is further configured to: when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, obtain a non-motor vehicle image and determine the non-motor vehicle The current location of the motor vehicle; according to the current location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, determine the second size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle , And based on the non-motor vehicle outline in the non-motor vehicle image, determine the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame; select the target image source from the head-up display according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle Use the fifth color identification, the second size and the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator box to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and control the target image source to use the fifth color identification corresponding to the non-motor vehicle identification instruction Color, generate a non-motor vehicle indication frame according to the determined second size and second shape, and merge the non-motor vehicle indication frame and the non-motor vehicle based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle.
在一些示例中,所述交通工具为车辆,所述驾驶信息还包括:天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示。In some examples, the vehicle is a vehicle, and the driving information further includes: weather information and status information of the road on which the vehicle is located; the electronic control unit is further configured to: obtain weather information and/or the The condition information of the road where the vehicle is located; when it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, warning information is generated, and the generated warning information is sent to the header Display for display.
在一些示例中,所述潜在行驶危险目标包括:恶劣天气情况;所述电子控制单元配置为:当确定所述车辆所在道路存在恶劣天气情况时,获取所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像并生成警示信息;对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,确定所述车辆所在道 路的亮度值;当所述亮度值小于亮度阈值时,生成远光灯开启提示信息,通过所述抬头显示器(例如该抬头显示器中的第二子抬头显示器)展示所述远光灯开启提示信息,并从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置;根据所述路径位置,从所述抬头显示器(例如该抬头显示器中的第一子抬头显示器)的多个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第六颜色,对所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓进行填充,得到车辆所在道路的路径轮廓图;根据所述车辆所在道路的路径位置,通过所述目标像源将所述路径轮廓图投射到所述车辆所在道路上,使得所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合,同时将所述警示信息发送到所述抬头显示器(例如第二子抬头显示器)进行展示。In some examples, the potentially dangerous driving target includes: bad weather conditions; the electronic control unit is configured to: when it is determined that the road where the vehicle is located has bad weather conditions, obtain the bad weather road image of the road where the vehicle is located and Generate warning information; process the bad weather road image to determine the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located; when the brightness value is less than the brightness threshold, generate a high beam turn-on prompt message, through the head-up display (for example, the The second sub-head-up display in the head-up display) displays the prompt information of turning on the high beam, and determines the path contour and path position of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image; according to the path position, from the Select the target image source from the multiple image sources of the head-up display (for example, the first sub-head-up display in the head-up display); use the sixth color to fill in the path contour of the road where the vehicle is located to obtain the path of the road where the vehicle is located Contour map; according to the path position of the road where the vehicle is located, the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located, and at the same time The warning information is sent to the head-up display (for example, the second sub-head-up display) for display.
在一些示例中,所述潜在行驶危险目标包括:所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况;所述电子控制单元配置为:当获取到所述车辆所在道路的状况信息且所述车辆与发生所述危险状况的路段之间的距离小于道路状况显示距离阈值时,获取所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像并生成警示信息;其中,所述道路状况图像,包括:所述车辆所在道路中发生道路状况的路段;从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述危险状况的路段的路段轮廓和路段位置,并根据所述路段位置,从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第七颜色,对发生所述危险状况的路段的路段轮廓进行填充,得到发生所述道路状况的路段的状况轮廓图;通过所述目标像源将所述状况轮廓图投射到发生所述道路状况的路段上,使得所述状况轮廓图与发生所述道路状况的路段融合。In some examples, the potentially dangerous driving target includes: a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located; the electronic control unit is configured to: when the condition information of the road where the vehicle is When the distance between the road sections in the dangerous condition is less than the road condition display distance threshold, the road condition image of the road where the vehicle is located is acquired and warning information is generated; wherein, the road condition image includes: a road condition that occurs on the road where the vehicle is located Determine the road section contour and road section position of the road section where the dangerous condition occurs from the road condition image, and select the target image source from the multiple image sources on the head-up display according to the road section position; Use the seventh color to fill in the road section contour of the road section where the dangerous condition occurs to obtain the state contour map of the road section where the road condition occurs; project the state contour map to the road section where the road condition occurs through the target image source On the road section of the condition, the condition contour map is merged with the road section where the road condition occurs.
在一些示例中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述驾驶信息包括:所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息、导航信息;所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:当根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息生成所述车辆的操作建议信息时,采集所述观察者的车辆操作视频,并通过所述抬头显示器将所述操作建议信息展示;当确定操作规定时长内未检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,生成危险驾驶信息,通过所述抬头显示器将所述危险驾驶信息进行展示,并对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作;当确定操作规定时长内检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作;当确定所述车辆未被操作的时长大于停车时间阈值时,停止采集车辆操作视频,并将所述驾驶车辆指数和采集到的所述车辆操作视频发送到所述抬头显示器进行展示。In some examples, the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for a vehicle, and the driving information includes: operation information, driving speed, acceleration, vehicle status information, and navigation information of the vehicle; The control unit is also configured to: when generating operation advice information of the vehicle according to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle status information, collect the vehicle operation video of the observer, and pass The head-up display displays the operation suggestion information; when it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation suggestion information is not detected within the specified period of operation, dangerous driving information is generated, and the dangerous driving information is displayed through the head-up display, And perform a decrement operation on the driving vehicle index; when it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation advice information is detected within the specified time of operation, the driving vehicle index is increased; when it is determined that the vehicle has not been operated for longer than the parking time When the threshold is reached, stop collecting vehicle operation videos, and send the driving vehicle index and the collected vehicle operation videos to the head-up display for display.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元配置为:根据所述驾驶信息形成显示数据,以及根据驾驶员的个人信息对所述显示数据进行处理,并根据处理后的显示数据控制所述抬头显示器发出的光线照射到所述成像窗。In some examples, the electronic control unit is configured to: form display data according to the driving information, process the display data according to the driver’s personal information, and control the head-up display to send out according to the processed display data The light irradiates the imaging window.
在一些示例中,所述处理包括以下至少之一:提高图像色彩饱和度处理、图像的颜色转换处理、图像的形状转换处理。In some examples, the processing includes at least one of the following: color saturation enhancement processing of the image, color conversion processing of the image, and shape conversion processing of the image.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元还配置为识别所述驾驶员的身份信息,并根据所述身份信息确定所述驾驶员的个人信息。In some examples, the electronic control unit is further configured to identify the driver's identity information, and determine the driver's personal information based on the identity information.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜、第一像源和第二像源。所述第一像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第一路光线,所述第二像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第二路光线;所述第一路光线在所述第一像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第一传播路径,所述第二路光线在所述第二像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第二传播路径;所述第一传播路径与所述第二传播路径的长度不同,以使所述抬头显示器通过所述第一路光线显示的第一图像和通过所述第二路光线显示的第二图像具有不同的像距。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a head-up display, which includes a curved mirror, a first image source, and a second image source. The first image source is used to emit a first path of light incident to the curved mirror, and the second image source is used to emit a second path of light incident to the curved mirror; There is a first propagation path between the first image source and the curved mirror, and the second path of light has a second propagation path between the second image source and the curved mirror; the first propagation path The length of the second propagation path is different from that, so that the first image displayed by the head-up display through the first path of light and the second image displayed through the second path of light have different image distances.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜和至少一个像源。所述曲面镜配置为反射所述至少一个像源发出的光线,所述至少一个像源靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面位置或位于所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a head-up display, which includes a curved mirror and at least one image source. The curved mirror is configured to reflect light emitted by the at least one image source, and the at least one image source is close to or located at the focal plane of the curved mirror.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种交通工具,包括上述任一实施例提供的多层次成像系统或抬头显示器。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a vehicle, including the multi-level imaging system or the head-up display provided in any of the foregoing embodiments.
在一些示例中,所述交通工具还包括成像窗,所述抬头显示器还包括第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器包括投影设备和光线控制装置;所述投影设备用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线;所述光线控制装置用于改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,以使所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度且竖直方向视场角不小于5度;所述投影设备安装在所述交通工具内;所述光线控制装置设置在所述交通工具的中控台与所述成像窗相对的表面上。In some examples, the vehicle further includes an imaging window, the head-up display further includes a second sub-head-up display, and the second sub-head-up display includes a projection device and a light control device; the projection device is used to emit The light to the light control device; the light control device is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection equipment, so that the horizontal field angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees and the vertical direction The field of view angle is not less than 5 degrees; the projection equipment is installed in the vehicle; the light control device is installed on the surface of the center console of the vehicle opposite to the imaging window.
在一些示例中,所述电子控制单元配置为:根据所述驾驶信息控制所述第二子抬头显示器发出光线照射到所述成像窗,从而使得所述第二子抬头显示器发出的光线呈现出的图像在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积大于所述多个图像中其余图像在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积。In some examples, the electronic control unit is configured to: according to the driving information, control the second head-up display to emit light to the imaging window, so that the light emitted by the second head-up display shows The area of the imaging area of the image at the imaging window is larger than the area of the imaging area of the remaining images in the plurality of images.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种成像方法,所述多层次成像系统包括眼盒区域和抬头显示器,所述成像方法包括:获取驾驶信息并发送到所述抬头显示器;根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域距离不等。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an imaging method. The multi-level imaging system includes an eye box area and a head-up display. The imaging method includes: acquiring driving information and sending it to the head-up display; and controlling according to the driving information The head-up display emits multiple rays of light to respectively display multiple layers of images to display the driving information, and at least part of the multiple layers of images are at different distances from the eye box area.
在一些示例中,所述驾驶信息包括行驶信息和环境信息;根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息包括:根据所述行驶信息显示第一图像,以及根据所述环境信息显示第二图像,其中,所述第一图像距离所述眼盒区域的距离较所述第二图像小。In some examples, the driving information includes driving information and environmental information; controlling the head-up display to emit multiple lights according to the driving information to display multiple layers of images to display the driving information includes: displaying according to the driving information A first image and a second image displayed according to the environmental information, wherein the distance between the first image and the eye box area is smaller than that of the second image.
在一些示例中,所述驾驶信息包括车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息;根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息包括:根据所述驾驶信息显示第一图像和第二图像,其中,所述第一图像显示所述车辆与侧方车辆的车距,所述第二图像显示所述车辆与前方车辆的车距;所述第一图像距离所述眼 盒区域的距离较所述第二图像小。In some examples, the driving information includes distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles; controlling the head-up display to emit multiple lights according to the driving information to display multiple layers of images to display the driving information includes: The driving information displays a first image and a second image, wherein the first image displays the distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle, and the second image displays the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front; The distance between the first image and the eye box area is smaller than that of the second image.
在一些示例中,根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息包括:根据所述驾驶信息生成提示信息,根据所述提示信息控制所述抬头显示显示器发出至少一路光线至所述挡风玻璃以显示所述至少两个图像中的至少一个。In some examples, controlling the head-up display to emit multiple lights according to the driving information to display multiple layers of images to display the driving information includes: generating prompt information according to the driving information, and controlling the driving information according to the prompt information. The head-up display display emits at least one line of light to the windshield to display at least one of the at least two images.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种多层次成像方法,包括:获取车辆的驾驶信息;根据所述驾驶信息控制抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a multi-level imaging method, including: acquiring driving information of a vehicle; controlling a head-up display to emit at least two lights to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to display and At least two images with unequal distances between the eye box area of the vehicle.
在一些示例中所述驾驶信息包括:车辆的车速信息以及所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息,周围车辆包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、以及位于所述车辆两侧的侧方车辆。根据所述驾驶信息发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像包括:获取所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离、与所述后方车辆的第二距离、以及与两侧的所述侧方车辆的第三距离和第四距离;根据所述车辆的车速信息,确定所述车辆与所述前方车辆的第一安全距离阈值;当所述第一距离小于等于所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并根据所述第一预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个;当所述第二距离小于等于第二安全距离阈值时,生成第二预警信息,并根据所述第一预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个;其中,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离;当所述第三距离和/或者所述第四距离小于等于第三安全距离阈值时,生成第三预警信息,并根据所述第一预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个;其中,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。In some examples, the driving information includes: vehicle speed information and distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles. The surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, And side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle. Sending at least two rays of light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle includes: acquiring the vehicle and the front vehicle respectively The first distance to the vehicle behind, the second distance to the vehicle behind, and the third distance and the fourth distance to the vehicle on both sides of the side; determine the vehicle and the front distance according to the speed information of the vehicle The first safe distance threshold of the vehicle; when the first distance is less than or equal to the first safe distance threshold, first warning information is generated, and the head-up display is controlled to emit at least two lights to The windshield of the vehicle to respectively display at least one of the at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle; when the second distance is less than or equal to a second safety distance threshold, a second Warning information, and controlling the head-up display to emit at least two lights to the windshield of the vehicle according to the first warning information to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle At least one of; wherein the second safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance of the vehicle and the rear vehicle; when the third distance and/or the fourth distance is less than or equal to the third safe distance When the threshold is set, the third warning information is generated, and the head-up display is controlled to emit at least two lights to the windshield of the vehicle according to the first warning information, so as to respectively display the unequal distances from the eye box area of the vehicle At least one of the at least two images of, wherein the third safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance of the vehicle and the side vehicle.
在一些示例中,当所述第一距离小于等于所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并根据所述第一预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个,包括:获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像;根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径;将与所述第一距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述增强现实抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;利用第一颜色标识生成第一路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第一路径标识指令发送到所述增强现实抬头显示器中的目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述 车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来,同时将所述第一预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。In some examples, when the first distance is less than or equal to the first safe distance threshold, first warning information is generated, and the head-up display is controlled to emit at least two lights to the vehicle according to the first warning information To display at least one of the at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle, including: acquiring a path image between the vehicle and the vehicle in front; according to the acquired The path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is used to identify the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle; the image distance matching the first distance is used as the target image distance, and the Among the multiple image sources of the augmented reality head-up display, the image source matching the target image distance is selected as the target image source; wherein, the image distance is the difference between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror Use the first color mark to generate a first path identification instruction, and send the generated first path identification instruction to the target image source in the augmented reality head-up display, and control the target image source to transfer the The path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is displayed in the color corresponding to the first color mark, and the first warning information is sent to the target image source for display.
在一些示例中,根据所述驾驶信息发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像还包括:当所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值时,根据所述第一距离从所述增强现实抬头显示器的至少两个像源中选择出目标像源;利用第二颜色标识生成第二路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第二路径标识指令发送到所述目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来以形成所述至少两个图像中的至少一个。In some examples, emitting at least two rays of light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle further includes: When a distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, a target image source is selected from at least two image sources of the augmented reality head-up display according to the first distance; a second path identification instruction is generated using the second color identification, And send the generated second path identification instruction to the target image source, and control the target image source to display the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle in the color corresponding to the second color identification To form at least one of the at least two images.
在一些示例中,所述成像方法还包括:当所述第一距离小于制动操作长度阈值且所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值的时长大于第一预设时长阈值时,生成制动指令;利用生成的所述制动指令,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。In some examples, the imaging method further includes: when the first distance is less than a braking operation length threshold and the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold for a duration greater than a first preset duration threshold When the time, a braking instruction is generated; the generated braking instruction is used to control the vehicle to perform a braking operation.
在一些示例中,根据所述驾驶信息发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像包括:当确定所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域时,获取所述车辆的周围环境图像;当根据所述周围环境图像确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离;当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并根据所述碰撞预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个。In some examples, emitting at least two rays of light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle includes: when it is determined that the vehicle When the location of is in a crowded area, the surrounding environment image of the vehicle is acquired; when it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle according to the surrounding environment image, the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is determined When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, generate collision warning information, and control the head-up display to emit at least two lights to the vehicle's block according to the collision warning information A windshield to respectively display at least one of at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle.
在一些示例中,当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并根据所述碰撞预警信息控制所述抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像中的至少一个包括:生成碰撞预警信息;根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状;将与所述非机动车与车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述增强现实抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;利用第三颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第一尺寸和第一形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第一尺寸和第一形状生成所述非机动车指示框,并根据所述非机动车的所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,将所述非机动车标识出来,同时将所述碰撞预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。In some examples, when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, collision warning information is generated, and the heads-up display is controlled to emit at least two lights to all areas according to the collision warning information. The windshield of the vehicle to respectively display at least one of the at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle includes: generating collision warning information; according to the location of the non-motor vehicle and the non-motor vehicle The distance between the motor vehicle and the vehicle is determined to determine the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle, and based on the non-motor vehicle outline in the surrounding environment image, the size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame is determined The first shape; the image distance that matches the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and the image source that matches the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the augmented reality head-up display The image source is used as the target image source; wherein, the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror; using the third color mark, the first size and the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame A shape generates a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and the target image source is controlled by the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to use the color corresponding to the third color identification to generate the non-motor vehicle according to the determined first size and first shape Indicating frame, and integrate the non-motor vehicle indication frame with the non-motor vehicle according to the location of the non-motor vehicle, identify the non-motor vehicle, and send the collision warning information to the target at the same time Image source for display.
在一些示例中,根据所述驾驶信息发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像还包括:当所述非机动车与车辆的距离大于碰撞安全距离阈值且小于等于预警距离阈值时,根据所述非机动车与车辆的 距离从所述增强现实抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形;其中,所述预警图形与所述非机动车融合到一起。In some examples, emitting at least two rays of light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle further includes: When the distance between the motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the collision safety distance threshold and less than or equal to the warning distance threshold, select the target image source from the augmented reality head-up display according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle; control the use of the target image source The color corresponding to the fourth color mark generates a warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle; wherein the warning graphic is fused with the non-motor vehicle.
在一些示例中,根据所述驾驶信息发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像还包括:当确定所述非机动车与所述车辆的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,获取非机动车图像,并确定所述非机动车的当前所在位置;根据所述非机动车的所述当前所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第二尺寸,并基于所述非机动车图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第二形状;根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述增强现实抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;利用第五颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车指示框,并基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起。In some examples, sending at least two rays of light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle further includes: when it is determined that the When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, the non-motor vehicle image is acquired, and the current location of the non-motor vehicle is determined; according to the current location of the non-motor vehicle and the The distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is determined, the second size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle is determined, and the non-motor vehicle indicator is determined based on the non-motor vehicle outline in the non-motor vehicle image The second shape of the frame; select the target image source from the augmented reality head-up display according to the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle; use the fifth color mark, the second size and the second shape of the non-motorized vehicle indicator frame to generate Non-motor vehicle identification instruction, through the non-motor vehicle identification instruction, the target image source is controlled to use the color corresponding to the fifth color identification to generate a non-motor vehicle instruction frame according to the determined second size and second shape, and based on The current location of the non-motor vehicle integrates the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle.
在一些示例中,所述环境信息,还包括:天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息。根据所述驾驶信息控制抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像包括:获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到增强现实抬头显示器进行展示。In some examples, the environmental information further includes weather information and condition information of the road where the vehicle is located. Controlling the head-up display to emit at least two lights to the windshield of the vehicle according to the driving information to display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle includes: obtaining weather information and/or The condition information of the road where the vehicle is located; when it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, warning information is generated, and the generated warning information is sent to Augmented reality head-up display for display.
在一些示例中,所述潜在行驶危险目标,包括:恶劣天气情况;当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到增强现实抬头显示器进行展示包括:根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到增强现实抬头显示器进行展示,包括:当确定所述车辆所在道路存在恶劣天气情况时,获取所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像并生成警示信息;对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,确定所述车辆所在道路的亮度值;当所述亮度值小于亮度阈值时,生成远光灯开启提示信息,通过所述增强现实抬头显示器展示所述远光灯开启提示信息,并从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置;根据所述路径位置,确定出所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离;将与所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述增强现实抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;利用第六颜色,对所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓进行填充,得到车辆所在道路的路径轮 廓图;根据所述车辆所在道路的路径位置,通过所述目标像源将所述路径轮廓图投射到所述车辆所在道路上,使得所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合,同时将所述警示信息发送到目标像源进行展示。In some examples, the potentially dangerous target for driving includes: severe weather conditions; when it is determined that there is a potentially dangerous target for driving around the vehicle according to the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, a warning is generated Information, and sending the generated warning information to the augmented reality head-up display for display includes: generating warning information when it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located , And sending the generated warning information to the augmented reality head-up display for display, including: when it is determined that the road where the vehicle is located has severe weather conditions, acquiring the severe weather road image of the road where the vehicle is located and generating warning information; The bad weather road image is processed to determine the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located; when the brightness value is less than the brightness threshold, a high-beam turn-on prompt message is generated, and the high-beam turn-on prompt is displayed through the augmented reality head-up display Information, and determine the path profile and path position of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image; determine the distance between the road where the vehicle is located and the eye box area according to the path position; The image distance matching the distance between the road and the eye box area is used as the target image distance, and the image source matching the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the augmented reality head-up display as the target image Source; wherein, the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror; the sixth color is used to fill the path contour of the road where the vehicle is located to obtain the distance of the road where the vehicle is located Path contour map; according to the path position of the road where the vehicle is located, the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located, and at the same time The warning information is sent to the target image source for display.
在一些示例中,所述潜在行驶危险目标,包括:所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况危险状况;当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到增强现实抬头显示器进行展示,包括:当获取到所述车辆所在道路的状况信息且所述车辆与发生所述危险状况对应道路状况的路段之间的距离小于道路状况显示距离阈值时,获取所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像并生成警示信息;其中,所述道路状况图像,包括:所述车辆所在道路中发生道路状况的路段;从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓和路段位置,并根据所述路段位置,确定发生所述道路状况的路段与所述车辆的距离;将与发生所述道路状况的路段与所述车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述增强现实抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;利用第七颜色,对发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓进行填充,得到发生所述道路状况的路段的状况轮廓图;通过所述目标像源将所述状况轮廓图投射到发生所述道路状况的路段上,使得所述状况轮廓图与发生所述道路状况的路段融合。In some examples, the potentially dangerous target for driving includes: a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located; when it is determined that there is surrounding the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located When a potentially dangerous target is driving, generate warning information and send the generated warning information to the augmented reality head-up display for display, including: when the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained and the vehicle corresponds to the road where the dangerous situation occurs When the distance between the road sections of the condition is less than the road condition display distance threshold, the road condition image of the road where the vehicle is located is acquired and warning information is generated; wherein, the road condition image includes: the road condition where the vehicle is located Road section; determine the road section contour and road section position of the road section where the road condition occurs from the road condition image, and determine the distance between the road section where the road condition occurs and the vehicle according to the road section position; The image distance matching the distance between the road section of the road condition and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and the image source matching the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the augmented reality head-up display as The target image source; use the seventh color to fill the road section contour of the road section where the road condition occurs to obtain the state contour map of the road section where the road condition occurs; project the state contour map to the target image source On the road section where the road condition occurs, the condition contour map is merged with the road section where the road condition occurs.
在一些示例中,所述行驶信息,包括:所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息;所述环境信息,包括:导航信息;根据所述驾驶信息控制抬头显示器发出至少两路光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃,以分别显示与所述车辆的眼盒区域距离不等的至少两个图像包括:当根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,生成所述车辆的操作建议信息时,采集所述观察者的车辆操作视频,并通过所述增强现实抬头显示器将所述操作建议信息展示;当确定操作规定时长内未检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,生成危险驾驶信息,通过所述增强现实抬头显示器将所述危险驾驶信息进行展示,并对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作;当确定操作规定时长内检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作;当确定所述车辆未被操作的时长大于停车时间阈值时,停止采集车辆操作视频,并将所述驾驶车辆指数和采集到的所述车辆操作视频发送到所述增强现实抬头显示器进行展示。In some examples, the driving information includes: operating information, driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information of the vehicle; the environmental information includes navigation information; and controlling the head-up display to emit at least two signals according to the driving information The road light to the windshield of the vehicle to respectively display at least two images with different distances from the eye box area of the vehicle includes: when according to the navigation information, the vehicle’s driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle State information, when generating the operation advice information of the vehicle, collect the vehicle operation video of the observer, and display the operation advice information through the augmented reality head-up display; when it is determined that the operation is not detected within the specified period of time When the operation advice information corresponds to the operation, dangerous driving information is generated, the dangerous driving information is displayed through the augmented reality head-up display, and the driving vehicle index is decremented; when it is determined that the operation is detected within the specified time period When the operation corresponding to the suggested information, the driving vehicle index is incremented; when it is determined that the time that the vehicle has not been operated is greater than the parking time threshold, the collection of vehicle operation videos is stopped, and the driving vehicle index and the collected all The vehicle operation video is sent to the augmented reality head-up display for display.
在一些示例中,所述抬头显示器还包括:平面反射镜;所述平面反射镜将所述至少两个像源发出的至少两路光线反射到所述曲面镜。In some examples, the head-up display further includes: a flat mirror; the flat mirror reflects at least two rays of light emitted by the at least two image sources to the curved mirror.
所述抬头显示器包括:第一像源、第二像源、第三像源、第一透反膜、第二透反膜、平面反射镜和曲面镜;所述第一像源、所述第二像源和所述第三像源分别设置在所述抬头显示器内的不同位置上;所述第一像源,能够发出第一光线,所述第二像源,能够发出第二光线;所述第三像源,能够发出第三光线;所述第一透反膜设置在所述第一像源和所述第二像源之间;所述第二透反膜设置在所述第二像源和所述第一透反膜之 间;所述第一透反膜,能够透过入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第二光线和第三光线进行反射;所述第二透反膜,能够透过入射的所述第一光线和所述第二光线且对入射的所述第三光线进行反射;所述平面反射镜将入射的第一光线、所述第二光线和第三光线都反射到所述曲面镜;所述曲面镜将入射的所述第一光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第一光线能够根据所述第一光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第一图像;所述曲面镜将入射的所述第二光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第二光线能够根据所述第二光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第二图像;所述曲面镜将入射的所述第三光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第三光线能够根据所述第三光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第三图像;所述第一光线、所述第二光线和所述第三光线的传播路径长度不同,使得所述第一图像与眼盒区域之间的距离、所述第二图像与观察者之间的距离、以及所述第三图像与眼盒区域之间的距离各不相同。The head-up display includes: a first image source, a second image source, a third image source, a first transflective film, a second transflective film, a flat mirror, and a curved mirror; the first image source, the second The second image source and the third image source are respectively arranged at different positions in the head-up display; the first image source can emit a first light, and the second image source can emit a second light; so The third image source can emit a third light; the first transflective film is disposed between the first image source and the second image source; the second transflective film is disposed on the second Between the image source and the first transflective film; the first transflective film can transmit the incident first light and reflect the incident second light and third light; the first Two transflective films, which can transmit the incident first light and the second light and reflect the incident third light; the plane reflecting mirror removes the incident first light and the second light And the third light are reflected to the curved mirror; the curved mirror reflects the incident first light out of the head-up display, so that the first light reflected out of the head-up display can be based on the first light itself The first image is formed by the length of the propagation path; the curved mirror reflects the incident second light out of the head-up display, so that the second light reflected out of the head-up display can follow the propagation of the second light The path length forms a second image; the curved mirror reflects the incident third light out of the head-up display, so that the third light reflected out of the head-up display can be based on the propagation path length of the third light , Forming a third image; the propagation path lengths of the first light, the second light and the third light are different, so that the distance between the first image and the eye box area, the second image and The distance between the observers and the distance between the third image and the eye box area are different from each other.
在一些示例中,所述第二透反元件还能够设置在所述第一像源和所述第一透反膜之间;所述第一透反膜,能够反射入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第二光线和第三光线进行透过。In some examples, the second transflective element can also be arranged between the first image source and the first transflective film; the first transflective film can reflect the incident first light And transmit the incident second light and third light.
在一些示例中,将所述第一像源、所述第二像源、或者所述第三像源设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置,使得设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的所述第一像源、所述第二像源、或者所述第三像源发出的光线射出抬头显示器后能够形成远距离图像。In some examples, the first image source, the second image source, or the third image source is arranged at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or at the focal plane of the curved mirror Position such that the first image source, the second image source, or the third image source that is set close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or the focal plane of the curved mirror emits The light emitted from the head-up display can form a long-distance image.
在一些示例中,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜和第一反射镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第二光线;所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线和所述第二光线。In some examples, the at least two image sources include a first image source and a second image source, the head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a first mirror; the first image source is configured to emit a first image source A light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light; the first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the second light; the first mirror is configured to reflect the The first light and the second light.
在一些示例中,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜、第二透反膜和第一平面镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第二光线及所述第三光线;所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;所述第一平面镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线。In some examples, the at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the head-up display further includes a first transflective film, a second transflective film, and a first flat mirror; The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light; the first transflective film is configured to transmit light. The first light and reflect the second light and the third light; the second transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light; the first flat mirror is configured to reflect the The first light, the second light, and the third light.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅涉及本公开的一些实施例,而非对本公开的限制。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure more clearly, the following will briefly introduce the drawings of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description only refer to some embodiments of the present disclosure, rather than limiting the present disclosure. .
图1示出了本公开至少一实施例提供的多层次成像系统的成像示意图;Fig. 1 shows an imaging schematic diagram of a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统的成像示意图;Fig. 2 shows an imaging schematic diagram of a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中抬头显示器的结构示意图;FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a head-up display in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4A-4C示出了本公开又一些实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中抬头显示器的结构示意图;4A-4C show schematic structural diagrams of a head-up display in a multi-level imaging system provided by still other embodiments of the present disclosure;
图5A-5E示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中抬头显示器的结构示意图;5A-5E show schematic structural diagrams of a head-up display in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,眼盒区域能够看到的AR-HUD所呈现的多个图像的示意图;FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of multiple images presented by the AR-HUD that can be seen in the eye box area in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD发出标识所述车辆的周围车辆的图像时ECU执行的流程图;FIG. 7 shows a flow chart executed by the ECU when the AR-HUD sends out images identifying the surrounding vehicles of the vehicle in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,标识所述车辆的周围的非机动车时ECU执行的流程图;FIG. 8 shows a flowchart executed by an ECU when identifying non-motor vehicles around the vehicle in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,潜在行驶危险目标为恶劣天气情况时所述ECU执行的流程图;FIG. 9 shows a flowchart executed by the ECU when the potentially dangerous target for driving is bad weather in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,潜在行驶危险目标为车辆所在道路前方的危险状况时所述ECU执行的流程图;FIG. 10 shows a flowchart executed by the ECU when the potentially dangerous target for driving is a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,车辆驾驶建议时ECU所执行的流程图;FIG. 11 shows a flowchart executed by the ECU during vehicle driving recommendations in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,车辆与前方车辆距离过近时,所述AR-HUD的显示示意图;FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of the AR-HUD display when the vehicle is too close to the vehicle in front in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,当车辆周围存在与车辆距离过近的非机动车时,AR-HUD的示意图;FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of AR-HUD when there is a non-motor vehicle that is too close to the vehicle in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD将所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合的示意图;FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of AR-HUD fusing the path contour map with the road on which the vehicle is located in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,道路前方的状况为障碍时的AR-HUD展示图像的示意图;FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of an AR-HUD display image when the condition in front of the road is an obstacle in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD的成像侧视图;FIG. 16 shows an imaging side view of the AR-HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17A示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的一种多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD显示图像的示意图一;FIG. 17A shows the first schematic diagram of the HUD display image of the whole car window in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17B示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD显示图像的示意图二;FIG. 17B shows the second schematic diagram of the HUD display image of the whole car window in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD的结构示意图;FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a full-window HUD in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线控制装置的结构示意图;FIG. 19 shows a schematic structural diagram of a light control device in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20A示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线会聚单元的第一种实现方式的结构示意图;20A shows a schematic structural diagram of a first implementation manner of a light converging unit in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20B示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线会聚单元的第二种实现方式的结构示意图;FIG. 20B shows a schematic structural diagram of a second implementation manner of the light converging unit in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20C示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线会聚单元的第三种实现方式的结构示意图;20C shows a schematic structural diagram of a third implementation manner of the light converging unit in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20D示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线会聚单元的第四种实现方式的结构示意图;20D shows a schematic structural diagram of a fourth implementation manner of the light converging unit in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线控制装置的一种排列方式;FIG. 21 shows an arrangement of light control devices in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,光线控制装置的另一种排列方式;FIG. 22 shows another arrangement of light control devices in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中AR-HUD的成像示意图;FIG. 23 shows an imaging schematic diagram of AR-HUD in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,眼盒区域能够看到的AR-HUD所呈现的多个图像的示意图;FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of multiple images presented by the AR-HUD that can be seen in the eye box area in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG.
图25A示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,第一种AR-HUD的结构示意图;FIG. 25A shows a schematic structural diagram of the first AR-HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25B示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,第二种AR-HUD的结构示意图;FIG. 25B shows a schematic structural diagram of the second type of AR-HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25C示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,第三种AR-HUD的结构示意图;FIG. 25C shows a schematic structural diagram of a third type of AR-HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25D示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,第四种AR-HUD的结构示意图;FIG. 25D shows a schematic structural diagram of a fourth type of AR-HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图26示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD发出标识所述车辆的周围车辆车距的流程图;FIG. 26 shows a flow chart of the full-window HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure to identify the distance between the surrounding vehicles of the vehicle;
图27示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD展示第一预警信息且AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的机动车之间的路径标识出来的示意图;FIG. 27 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, in which the full-window HUD displays the first warning information and the AR-HUD identifies the path between the vehicle and the motor vehicle that is too close. ;
图28示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,车辆与前方车辆距离过近时,控制所述AR-HUD的显示车辆与其车距过近的与前方车辆之间路径的流程图;FIG. 28 shows that in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the vehicle is too close to the vehicle in front, the AR-HUD is controlled to display the path between the vehicle and the vehicle in front of the vehicle that is too close. Flow chart
图29示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD展示碰撞预警信息的流程图;FIG. 29 shows a flow chart of displaying collision warning information on a full-window HUD in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图30示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,全车窗HUD展示碰撞预警信息且AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的非机动车标识出来的示意图;FIG. 30 shows a schematic diagram of a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, in which a full-window HUD displays collision warning information and the AR-HUD identifies a vehicle with a non-motor vehicle that is too close;
图31示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,车辆与非机动车距离过近时,控制所述AR-HUD的标识出与车辆距离过近的非机动车的流程图;FIG. 31 shows the process of controlling the AR-HUD to identify the non-motor vehicle that is too close to the vehicle when the vehicle is too close to the non-motorized vehicle in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure Figure;
图32示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,ECU控制全车窗HUD将天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息展示出来的流程图;FIG. 32 shows a flow chart in which an ECU controls a full-window HUD to display weather information and status information of the road on which the vehicle is located in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图33示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,当确定车辆所在地区当前是恶劣天气情况时,可以在全车窗HUD展示警示信息的同时AR-HUD展示与道路融合的图像的意图;FIG. 33 shows that in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, when it is determined that the area where the vehicle is located is currently under severe weather conditions, the warning information can be displayed on the HUD of the entire vehicle window while the AR-HUD display and the road are integrated The intent of the image;
图34示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,潜在行驶危险目标为恶劣天气情况时所述ECU控制AR-HUD展示图像的流程图;FIG. 34 shows a flow chart of the ECU controlling the AR-HUD to display images in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure when the potentially dangerous target for driving is bad weather;
图35示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,潜在行驶危险目标为所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况时所述ECU控制AR-HUD展示图像的流程图;35 shows a flow chart of the ECU controlling the AR-HUD to display images when the potentially dangerous target of driving is a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图36示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,给出车辆驾驶建议时ECU所执行的流程图;FIG. 36 shows a flowchart executed by the ECU when a vehicle driving recommendation is given in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图37A示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD和全车窗HUD的成像侧视图;FIG. 37A shows an imaging side view of an AR-HUD and a full-window HUD in a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure;
图37B示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD和全车窗HUD同时工作时展示图像的示意图一;以及FIG. 37B shows the first schematic diagram of displaying images when the AR-HUD and the full-window HUD work at the same time in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure; and
图37C示出了本公开至少一实施例所提供的多层次成像系统中,AR-HUD和全车窗HUD同时工作时展示图像的示意图二。FIG. 37C shows the second schematic diagram of displaying images when the AR-HUD and the full-window HUD work at the same time in the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本公开实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本公开实施例的附图,对本公开实施例的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然,所描述的实施例是本公开的一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于所描述的本公开的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在无需创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的 范围。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present disclosure clearer, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings of the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present disclosure, rather than all of the embodiments. Based on the described embodiments of the present disclosure, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative labor are within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
除非另外定义,此处使用的技术术语或者科学术语应当为本公开所属领域内具有一般技能的人士所理解的通常意义。本公开中使用的“第一”、“第二”以及类似的词语并不表示任何顺序、数量或者重要性,而只是用来区分不同的组成部分。“包括”或者“包含”等类似的词语意指出现该词前面的元件或者物件涵盖出现在该词后面列举的元件或者物件及其等同,而不排除其他元件或者物件。“连接”或者“相连”等类似的词语并非限定于物理的或者机械的连接,而是可以包括电性的连接,不管是直接的还是间接的。“上”、“下”等仅用于表示相对位置关系,当被描述对象的绝对位置改变后,则该相对位置关系也可能相应地改变。Unless otherwise defined, the technical terms or scientific terms used herein shall have the usual meanings understood by those with ordinary skills in the field to which this disclosure belongs. The "first", "second" and similar words used in the present disclosure do not indicate any order, quantity, or importance, but are only used to distinguish different components. "Include" or "include" and other similar words mean that the elements or items appearing before the word cover the elements or items listed after the word and their equivalents, but do not exclude other elements or items. Similar words such as "connected" or "connected" are not limited to physical or mechanical connections, but may include electrical connections, whether direct or indirect. "Up", "Down", etc. are only used to indicate the relative position relationship. When the absolute position of the described object changes, the relative position relationship may also change accordingly.
目前,随着汽车智能化、车联网、自动驾驶等技术的不断发展,移动车载终端接收到的信息及扩展的各类应用层出不穷,人们对将汽车内所有显示屏联通、灵活显示各类信息的需求越来越大,但驾驶员在进行相关操作时视线容易偏离,有潜在的安全风险。At present, with the continuous development of technologies such as automobile intelligence, Internet of Vehicles, and autonomous driving, the information received by mobile on-board terminals and various expanded applications emerge in an endless stream. People are concerned about connecting all the displays in the car and flexibly displaying all kinds of information. The demand is increasing, but the driver's vision is easy to deviate when performing related operations, which poses a potential safety risk.
抬头显示器(HeadUpDisplay,HUD)可以避免驾驶员在驾驶过程中低头看仪表盘或其他显示屏所导致的分心,提高驾驶安全系数,同时也能带来更好的驾驶体验,近些年正受到越来越多的关注,在车载智能显示方面拥有巨大的应用潜力。The head-up display (HUD) can avoid the distraction caused by the driver looking down at the instrument panel or other display screens during driving, improve the driving safety factor, and at the same time bring a better driving experience. More and more attention has been paid to the huge application potential of in-vehicle intelligent display.
例如,HUD可以通过内部特殊设计的光学系统,在驾驶员视线区域内合理、生动地显示一些驾驶信息,以增强驾驶员对于实际驾驶环境的感知。比如驾驶员驾驶车辆偏离既定车道,HUD可以在车辆正常行驶车道的车道线边缘处标出红线提醒驾驶员车辆已经偏离车道;例如驾驶时可以在前车后部看到一条标记的亮带等。即:HUD投射出的图像在视觉上与真实环境中的场景(如:车或者物体)融合到一起,如方向指示箭头需要与道路融合,以实现很好的视觉效果。For example, the HUD can display some driving information reasonably and vividly in the driver's sight area through a specially designed optical system inside, so as to enhance the driver's perception of the actual driving environment. For example, when the driver drives the vehicle to deviate from the established lane, the HUD can mark a red line at the edge of the lane line of the vehicle's normal driving lane to remind the driver that the vehicle has deviated from the lane; for example, when driving, you can see a marked bright band on the rear of the vehicle in front. That is: the image projected by the HUD is visually blended with the scene in the real environment (such as a car or an object). For example, the direction indicator arrow needs to be blended with the road to achieve a good visual effect.
本申请的发明人在研究中发现,HUD包括:像源、平面镜和曲面镜;所述像源发出的光线经过曲面镜反射后入射到平面镜,并在平面镜上发生反射后从所述HUD的出光口射出,射出的光线入射至车辆的挡风玻璃,并在挡风玻璃远离眼盒区域的一侧的固定位置呈现出一个单层图像。。The inventor of the present application discovered in research that the HUD includes: an image source, a flat mirror and a curved mirror; the light emitted by the image source is reflected by the curved mirror and then enters the flat mirror, and is reflected on the flat mirror and then emerges from the HUD. The light is emitted from the mouth, and the emitted light enters the windshield of the vehicle, and presents a single-layer image at a fixed position on the side of the windshield away from the eye box area. .
所述眼盒区域,是指观察者可以观察到与真实环境较好融合的图像的区域,通常情况下是位置固定不变的区域。The eye box area refers to an area where the observer can observe an image that is better integrated with the real environment, and usually is an area with a fixed position.
HUD中像源出射的光线在曲面镜上发生反射,反射光线出射至眼盒区域,使得观察者可在眼盒区域观察到形成于成像窗,例如挡风玻璃外的图像。光线在挡风玻璃上发生反射的现象,可近似认为是平面镜成像。根据HUD的结构及光学原理,像源发出的光线在曲面镜上发生反射,随后出射至挡风玻璃,即可认为,在曲面镜远离像源的一侧形成有发出光线的等效像源,根据平面镜成像规律,HUD形成的图像与成像的等效像源之间关于反射介质对称。The light emitted by the image source in the HUD is reflected on the curved mirror, and the reflected light is emitted to the eye box area, so that the observer can observe the image formed on the imaging window, such as outside the windshield, in the eye box area. The phenomenon of light reflection on the windshield can be approximated as a flat mirror imaging. According to the structure and optical principle of the HUD, the light emitted by the image source is reflected on the curved mirror and then emitted to the windshield. It can be considered that an equivalent image source emitting light is formed on the side of the curved mirror away from the image source. According to the imaging law of the plane mirror, the image formed by the HUD and the equivalent imaging source are symmetrical about the reflective medium.
例如,该HUD为增强现实抬头显示器(AugmentedRealityHeadUpDisplay, AR-HUD)。For example, the HUD is an Augmented Reality HeadUp Display (AR-HUD).
所述等效像源,为像源发出的光线在曲面镜上反射后,在曲面镜远离像源的一侧形成的图像。The equivalent image source is an image formed on the side of the curved mirror away from the image source after the light emitted by the image source is reflected on the curved mirror.
本申请的发明人还发现,要形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像,就要增加HUD中等效像源的数量,使得HUD中存在位置不同的至少两个等效像源。The inventor of the present application also found that to form multiple images with different distances from the eye box area, it is necessary to increase the number of equivalent image sources in the HUD, so that there are at least two equivalent image sources with different positions in the HUD.
而所述等效像源的位置由曲面镜的成像特性决定,根据以下公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律:The position of the equivalent image source is determined by the imaging characteristics of the curved mirror, and the imaging law of the curved mirror is given by the following formula 1:
1/u+1/v=1/f(1)1/u+1/v=1/f(1)
其中,f表示曲面镜的焦距;u表示像源与曲面镜之间的距离,即像源在曲面镜成像的物距;v表示像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离,即像源在曲面镜成像的像距。通过公式(1)可以看出,所述等效像源的位置,即像源在曲面镜所成图像的位置,与像源在曲面镜成像的像距直接相关,像源在曲面镜成像的像距越大,说明该像源的等效像源的位置与曲面镜的距离越远。Among them, f represents the focal length of the curved mirror; u represents the distance between the image source and the curved mirror, that is, the object distance of the image source on the curved mirror; v represents the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror , That is, the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror. It can be seen from formula (1) that the position of the equivalent image source, that is, the position of the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror, is directly related to the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror. The larger the image distance, the farther the position of the equivalent image source of the image source is from the curved mirror.
本申请的发明人还发现,为了增加像源的像距,可以将像源放置在曲面镜的焦平面或者趋近于曲面镜焦平面的位置。The inventor of the present application also found that in order to increase the image distance of the image source, the image source can be placed on the focal plane of the curved mirror or close to the focal plane of the curved mirror.
例如,参见图1所示,本公开至少一实施例提供一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜和至少一个像源,所述曲面镜配置为反射所述至少一个像源发出的光线,所述至少一个像源靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面位置或位于所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 1, at least one embodiment of the present disclosure provides a head-up display, including a curved mirror and at least one image source, the curved mirror is configured to reflect light emitted by the at least one image source, and the at least one The image source is close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or located at the focal plane of the curved mirror.
例如,曲面镜的焦平面附近是指像源与曲面镜的焦平面之间的间距与曲面反射镜的焦距的比值小于预定比例。例如,预定比例可以为1%、5%、10%、20%或其它预定的数值。For example, the vicinity of the focal plane of the curved mirror means that the ratio of the distance between the image source and the focal plane of the curved mirror to the focal length of the curved mirror is less than a predetermined ratio. For example, the predetermined ratio may be 1%, 5%, 10%, 20% or other predetermined values.
例如,像源与曲面镜的焦平面之间的间距小于曲面镜的一倍焦距且接近曲面反射镜的焦平面处。For example, the distance between the image source and the focal plane of the curved mirror is less than one focal length of the curved mirror and is close to the focal plane of the curved mirror.
本申请的发明人还发现,所述等效像源的位置,与以下两个参数有关:曲面镜的焦距以及像源在曲面镜成像的像距(即像源与曲面镜之间的距离)。The inventor of the present application also found that the position of the equivalent image source is related to the following two parameters: the focal length of the curved mirror and the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror (that is, the distance between the image source and the curved mirror) .
本申请的发明人还发现,在HUD中,曲面镜的焦距是预先设计好的,很难做出改变。所以,要形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像,就需要增加像源到曲面镜发出的光线数量,使得像源向曲面镜发出至少两路光线,该至少两路光线中的各路光线在入射到曲面镜后,能够分别形成位置不同的等效像源。The inventor of the present application also found that in the HUD, the focal length of the curved mirror is pre-designed, and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, to form multiple images with unequal distances from the eye box area, it is necessary to increase the amount of light emitted from the image source to the curved mirror, so that the image source emits at least two rays of light to the curved mirror. After each path of light enters the curved mirror, it can form equivalent image sources with different positions.
例如,HUD中存在位置不同的等效像源后,该位置不同的等效像源中的各等效像源就可以分别在挡风玻璃远离眼盒区域的一侧形成与眼盒区域距离不同的图像,与眼盒区域距离不同的图像能够在真实环境中与眼盒区域距离不等的位置上的场景分别进行融合。For example, after there are equivalent image sources with different positions in the HUD, the equivalent image sources of the equivalent image sources with different positions can be formed on the side of the windshield away from the eye box area with different distances from the eye box area. Images with different distances from the eye box area can be separately fused to scenes at different distances from the eye box area in the real environment.
基于本申请发明人的上述各种发现,本公开至少一实施例提出了一种多层次成像系统、抬头显示器、交通工具以及多层次成像方法,通过设置有能够发出至少两路光线的HUD,本公开至少一实施例可以实现多层次成像,从而可以提升抬头显示器的成像效果,从而提升用户的使用体验。在一些实施例中,该HUD发出的至少两路光线中各路光线所呈现的图像能够在视觉上与真实环境中与眼盒区域距离不等的位置上的场景分别进行融合,以提升成像效果。Based on the above-mentioned various findings of the inventors of the present application, at least one embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a multi-level imaging system, a head-up display, a vehicle, and a multi-level imaging method. At least one embodiment is disclosed that can realize multi-level imaging, so that the imaging effect of the head-up display can be improved, thereby enhancing the user experience. In some embodiments, the images presented by each of the at least two rays of light emitted by the HUD can be visually fused with scenes at different distances from the eye box area in the real environment to enhance the imaging effect. .
例如,该HUD可以包括一个或多个子抬头显示器,每个子抬头显示器可以是AR-HUD(例如普通AR-HUD或者混合现实抬头显示器(MixedReality HUD,MRHUD))或全车窗HUD,本公开至少一实施例对此不进行限制。For example, the HUD may include one or more sub-head-up displays, and each sub-head-up display may be an AR-HUD (such as a normal AR-HUD or a mixed reality head-up display (Mixed Reality HUD, MRHUD)) or a full-window HUD. The embodiment does not limit this.
需要说明的是,全车窗HUD也可以称为大视角抬头显示器。It should be noted that the full-window HUD can also be called a large-view head-up display.
图2为本公开至少一实施例提供的一种多层次成像系统的示意图,具有眼盒区域并且包括电子控制单元(Electironic Control Unit,ECU)以及抬头显示器,所述电子控制单元与所述抬头显示器通信连接;所述电子控制单元用于获取驾驶信息,并将所述驾驶信息发送到所述抬头显示器;所述抬头显示器配置为发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域的距离不等。2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. It has an eye box area and includes an electronic control unit (ECU) and a head-up display, the electronic control unit and the head-up display Communication connection; the electronic control unit is used to obtain driving information and send the driving information to the head-up display; the head-up display is configured to emit multiple lights to display multiple layers of images to display the driving information, At least part of the multi-layer image has a different distance from the eye box area.
例如,该多层图像的显示内容可以相同或者不同;可以同时显示也可以不同时显示或者交替显示。For example, the display contents of the multi-layer images may be the same or different; they may be displayed at the same time, or may be displayed at different times or alternately.
需要说明的是,展示驾驶信息应当被理解为显示与驾驶信息相关的信息。It should be noted that displaying driving information should be understood as displaying information related to driving information.
例如,该电子控制单元根据该驾驶信息控制该抬头显示器发出该多路光线。For example, the electronic control unit controls the head-up display to emit the multiple lights according to the driving information.
需要说明的是,多路光线应当被理解为至少两路光线。It should be noted that multiple rays of light should be understood as at least two rays of light.
例如,该多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域的距离不等是指该多层图像中的两层或两层以上的图像的几何中心到该眼盒区域的几何中心的距离不等(例如在允许误差范围内不相等)。For example, the unequal distance between at least part of the multi-layer image and the eye box area means that the distance between the geometric center of the image of two or more layers in the multi-layer image and the geometric center of the eye box area is not equal. Etc. (e.g. not equal within the allowable error range).
例如,该多层图像可包括成像面积不同,但图像的几何中心到该眼盒区域的几何中心的距离相同的多层图像。For example, the multi-layer image may include multi-layer images with different imaging areas but the same distance from the geometric center of the image to the geometric center of the eye box region.
例如,该多层图像可包括多层图像中的两层或两层以上的图像的几何中心到该眼盒区域的几何中心的距离分别不等的多层图像。For example, the multi-layer image may include a multi-layer image with different distances from the geometric center of the image of two or more layers in the multi-layer image to the geometric center of the eye box region.
如图2所示,该抬头显示器发出两路光线,该两路光线分别形成图像1和图像2,该图像1与眼盒区域的距离d1和图像2与眼盒区域的距离d2不同。As shown in FIG. 2, the head-up display emits two rays of light, and the two rays of light respectively form an image 1 and an image 2. The distance d1 between the image 1 and the eye box area and the distance d2 between the image 2 and the eye box area are different.
例如,这里的多路光线可以是同一像源发出的,或者也可以是多个像源分别发出的。每路光线为对应的像源发出的部分光线或全部光线。For example, the multiple light beams here may be emitted by the same image source, or may also be emitted by multiple image sources separately. Each light is part or all of the light emitted by the corresponding image source.
例如,该多路光线一一对应地显示该多层图像。For example, the multiple rays of light display the multi-layer image in a one-to-one correspondence.
例如,该多层次成像系统还包括成像窗,该成像窗用于在所述挡风玻璃远离所述抬头显示器的一侧呈现出由所述多路光线形成的与所述眼盒区域距离不同的多层图像,形成所述多层图像中的任一层图像的光线能够进入所述眼盒区域。For example, the multi-level imaging system further includes an imaging window, which is used for presenting on the side of the windshield away from the head-up display a different distance from the eye box area formed by the multi-path light. For a multi-layer image, light that forms any layer of the image in the multi-layer image can enter the eye box area.
例如,该成像窗可以为该多层次成像系统所应用的交通工具的挡风玻璃;在另一些示例中,该成像窗或者也可以额外设置,例如设置于挡风玻璃前。For example, the imaging window may be a windshield of a vehicle to which the multi-level imaging system is applied; in other examples, the imaging window may also be additionally provided, for example, arranged in front of the windshield.
例如,该眼盒区域为应用在该交通工具上的多层次成像系统的眼盒区域。For example, the eye box area is an eye box area of a multi-level imaging system applied to the vehicle.
例如,该交通工具可以包括但不限于车辆、航空器或水上交通工具等,本公开至少一实施例对此不作限制。For example, the vehicle may include, but is not limited to, a vehicle, an aircraft, or a water vehicle, which is not limited in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure.
例如,该多层次成像系统还包括数据采集设备,当交通工具为车辆时,所述数据采集设备用于获取所述车辆周围的环境信息,并将获取到的所述环境信息发送给所述电子控制单元。For example, the multi-level imaging system further includes a data acquisition device. When the vehicle is a vehicle, the data acquisition device is used to acquire environmental information around the vehicle and send the acquired environmental information to the electronic device. control unit.
例如,该驾驶信息包括可以对驾驶员的驾驶有影响或者与驾驶有关的所有信息,例如行驶信息和环境信息。例如,该行驶信息包括:所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息;所述环境信息,包括:导航信息、天气信息和路况信息(例如包括周围车辆、行人、障碍物等的信息)。For example, the driving information includes all information that may have an influence on the driving of the driver or related to driving, such as driving information and environmental information. For example, the driving information includes: operation information, driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle status information of the vehicle; the environmental information includes: navigation information, weather information, and road condition information (including surrounding vehicles, pedestrians, obstacles, etc.) Information).
在以下至少一实施例中,术语“视觉上图像与真实环境(真实环境中的场景)融合”,是指观察者的双眼在眼盒区域看到的HUD呈现的图像与真实环境(真实环境中的场景)是完全贴合/重合到一起的。In at least one of the following embodiments, the term "visually fused with the real environment (scene in the real environment)" refers to the image presented by the HUD seen by the observer’s eyes in the eye box area and the real environment (in the real environment). The scene) is completely fit/coincident together.
术语“图像”,是指HUD呈现在挡风玻璃远离眼盒区域一侧的虚像。The term "image" refers to the virtual image of the HUD on the side of the windshield away from the eye box.
例如,电子控制单元(Electironic Control Unit,ECU)不仅包含车辆车速、马达、油耗、换挡效率等车辆状态的控制装置,还可以包括娱乐交互系统及车联网系统等车载系统。For example, an electronic control unit (ECU) not only includes vehicle state control devices such as vehicle speed, motor, fuel consumption, and shift efficiency, but also includes in-vehicle systems such as entertainment interactive systems and car networking systems.
挡风玻璃,可以采用任何形状的车辆挡风玻璃进行HUD图像的展示,这里不再赘述。Windshield, any shape of vehicle windshield can be used to display HUD images, which will not be repeated here.
为使本申请的上述目的、特征和优点能够更加明显易懂,下面结合附图和具体实施方式对本申请做进一步详细的说明。In order to make the above objectives, features, and advantages of the application more obvious and understandable, the application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific implementations.
例如,所述抬头显示器包括第一子抬头显示器,所述第一子抬头显示器为增强现实抬头显示器。例如,该增强现实抬头显示配置为显示单层图像;或者该增强现实抬头显示器被配置为发出所述多路光线中的至少两路光线以显示所述多层图像中的至少两层图像。For example, the head-up display includes a first sub-head-up display, and the first sub-head-up display is an augmented reality head-up display. For example, the augmented reality head-up display is configured to display a single-layer image; or the augmented reality head-up display is configured to emit at least two rays of the multi-path light to display at least two layers of the multi-layer image.
例如,增强现实抬头显示器至少基于增强现实原理进行显示,例如,该增强现实抬头显示器还可以基于混合增强现实(Mixed Reality,MR)。For example, the augmented reality head-up display is based on at least the principle of augmented reality for display. For example, the augmented reality head-up display may also be based on mixed augmented reality (MR).
例如,本公开至少一实施例还提供一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜、第一像源和第二像源。所述第一像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第一路光线,所述第二像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第二路光线;所述第一路光线在所述第一像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第一传播路径,所述第二路光线在所述第二像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第二传播路径;所述第一传播路径与所述第二传播路径的长度不同,以使所述抬头显示器通过所述第一路光线显示的第一图像和通过所述第二路光线显示的第二图像具有不同的像距。For example, at least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a head-up display, including a curved mirror, a first image source, and a second image source. The first image source is used to emit a first path of light incident to the curved mirror, and the second image source is used to emit a second path of light incident to the curved mirror; There is a first propagation path between the first image source and the curved mirror, and the second path of light has a second propagation path between the second image source and the curved mirror; the first propagation path The length of the second propagation path is different from that, so that the first image displayed by the head-up display through the first path of light and the second image displayed through the second path of light have different image distances.
以下以该第一子抬头显示器为增强现实抬头显示器为例对本公开至少一实施例提供的多层次成像系统进行示例性说明,同时也是对于本公开实施例提供的抬头显示器的示例性说明。但这并不作为对本公开的限制。Hereinafter, taking the first sub-head-up display as an augmented reality head-up display as an example, the multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure will be exemplarily described, and it is also an exemplary description of the head-up display provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure. But this is not a limitation of the present disclosure.
图2示出了本公开至少一实施例提供的一种多层次成像系统,用于交通工具(例如车辆),包括:交通工具的挡风玻璃、安装在所述交通工具上的电子控制单元、数据采集设备、以及AR-HUD。Fig. 2 shows a multi-level imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, which is used in a vehicle (such as a vehicle), including: a windshield of the vehicle, an electronic control unit installed on the vehicle, Data acquisition equipment, and AR-HUD.
所述ECU分别与所述数据采集设备和所述AR-HUD通信连接。The ECU is respectively connected to the data acquisition device and the AR-HUD in communication.
例如,ECU的一端与数据采集设备通信连接,ECU的另一端与增强现实抬头显示器通信连接。For example, one end of the ECU is communicatively connected to the data acquisition device, and the other end of the ECU is communicatively connected to the augmented reality head-up display.
所述数据采集设备,用于获取所述交通工具周围的环境信息,并将获取到的所述环境信息发送给所述ECU。The data collection device is used to obtain environmental information around the vehicle and send the obtained environmental information to the ECU.
所述ECU,用于获取交通工具的行驶信息,并将所述交通工具的行驶信息和所述传感器发送的环境信息,发送到AR-HUD进行展示。The ECU is used to obtain the driving information of the vehicle, and send the driving information of the vehicle and the environmental information sent by the sensor to the AR-HUD for display.
所述AR-HUD,用于发出至少两路光线到所述挡风玻璃,所述至少两路光线中的各路光线,能够分别展示与眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像;其中,多个所述图像都能够展示所述ECU发送的所述交通工具的行驶信息和环境信息。The AR-HUD is used to emit at least two rays of light to the windshield, and each of the at least two rays of light can respectively display multiple images with different distances from the eye box area; among them, more Each of the images can display the driving information and environmental information of the vehicle sent by the ECU.
参见图6所示的眼盒区域能够看到的AR-HUD所呈现的多个图像的示意图。所述成像窗,例如挡风玻璃,用于在所述挡风玻璃远离所述AR-HUD的一侧呈现出由至少两路光线中的各路光线分别形成的与眼盒区域距离不同的多个图像,其中,形成多个所述图像中的任一图像的光线能够进入眼盒区域。See FIG. 6 for a schematic diagram of multiple images presented by the AR-HUD that can be seen in the eye box area. The imaging window, such as a windshield, is used to present a large distance from the eye box area formed by each of the at least two rays of light on the side of the windshield away from the AR-HUD. An image, wherein the light that forms any one of the multiple images can enter the eye box area.
例如,所述数据采集设备包括但不限于:安装在交通工具上的传感器、导航设备和无线通信设备;所述传感器、导航设备和所述无线通信设备分别与所述ECU连接。For example, the data collection equipment includes, but is not limited to: sensors, navigation equipment, and wireless communication equipment installed on vehicles; the sensors, navigation equipment, and wireless communication equipment are respectively connected to the ECU.
例如,所述传感器包括但不限于:图像测距传感器、图像传感器、重力传感器以及测距传感器中的一种或多种。For example, the sensor includes, but is not limited to: one or more of an image ranging sensor, an image sensor, a gravity sensor, and a ranging sensor.
例如,所述图像传感器,安装在交通工具(例如车辆)的四周,用于在采集交通工具的周围环境图像时,测距传感器则测量交通工具与周围物体之间的距离;从而可以将 测量到的交通工具与周围物体的距离和交通工具的周围环境图像一起发生给ECU。图像测距传感器具有图像传感器的功能和测距传感器的功能。For example, the image sensor is installed around a vehicle (for example, a vehicle), and is used to collect images of the surrounding environment of the vehicle. The distance measuring sensor measures the distance between the vehicle and surrounding objects; The distance between the vehicle and surrounding objects and the image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle are sent to the ECU together. The image ranging sensor has the function of an image sensor and the function of a ranging sensor.
例如,所述ECU中存储有各测距传感器分别与眼盒区域的距离,可以通过测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系的方式存储,以确定眼盒区域与车辆周围物体的距离。For example, the ECU stores the distances of each distance measuring sensor from the eye box area, which can be stored in the form of the corresponding relationship between the sensor identification of the distance measuring sensor and the distance to determine the distance between the eye box area and objects around the vehicle.
例如,各测距传感器分别与眼盒区域的距离,例如是预先存储到交通工具中的,例如是各测距传感器安装到交通工具后,通过(例如工作人员)测量得到并存储到交通工具的ECU中。For example, the distance between each distance measuring sensor and the eye box area is stored in the vehicle in advance, for example, after each distance measuring sensor is installed in the vehicle, it is measured by (for example, a worker) and stored in the vehicle. ECU.
例如,所述重力传感器,用于测量交通工具的横摆方向、横摆角度、以及横摆角速度,并将测量到的交通工具的横摆方向、横摆角度、以及横摆角速度发送给ECU。For example, the gravity sensor is used to measure the yaw direction, yaw angle, and yaw rate of the vehicle, and send the measured yaw direction, yaw angle, and yaw rate of the vehicle to the ECU.
例如,所述无线通信设备,用于使ECU接入互联网,获取交通工具所处区域的天气信息和路况信息。For example, the wireless communication device is used to connect the ECU to the Internet to obtain weather information and road condition information of the area where the vehicle is located.
例如,所述导航设备,用于对所述交通工具的行驶路径进行规划,得到交通工具的导航信息,指示交通工具按照导航信息行驶,并将得到的导航信息发送给ECU。For example, the navigation device is used to plan the travel path of the vehicle, obtain navigation information of the vehicle, instruct the vehicle to drive according to the navigation information, and send the obtained navigation information to the ECU.
例如,所述导航设备,还用于对所述交通工具进行定位,得到所述交通工具的位置信息,并将得到的所述交通工具的位置信息发送到ECU。For example, the navigation device is also used to locate the vehicle, obtain location information of the vehicle, and send the obtained location information of the vehicle to the ECU.
例如,所述交通工具的行驶信息,包括但不限于:交通工具的车速信息、所述交通工具的位置信息、所述交通工具的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及交通工具状态信息。For example, the driving information of the vehicle includes, but is not limited to: speed information of the vehicle, location information of the vehicle, operation information of the vehicle, driving speed, acceleration, and state information of the vehicle.
例如,所述交通工具状态信息,包括但不限于:发动机状态信息、变速箱状态信息、以及交通工具当前的电量和/或者油量。For example, the vehicle status information includes, but is not limited to: engine status information, gearbox status information, and the current power and/or fuel volume of the vehicle.
例如,所述交通工具的操作信息,包括但不限于:交通工具的变速箱换挡操作、加/减速操作、以及转向操作。For example, the operation information of the vehicle includes, but is not limited to: gear shift operation, acceleration/deceleration operation, and steering operation of the vehicle.
例如,所述交通工具的车速信息、所述交通工具的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及交通工具状态信息,是ECU从车载自动诊断系统(On-BoardDiagnostics,OBD)中获取到的。For example, the vehicle speed information, the vehicle operation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and the vehicle state information are obtained by the ECU from an on-board automatic diagnosis system (On-Board Diagnostics, OBD).
例如,所述交通工具周围的环境信息,包括但不限于:所述交通工具与周围交通工具之间的间距信息(例如车距信息)、所述交通工具所在道路的天气信息、所述交通工具所在道路的状况信息、以及导航信息。For example, the environmental information around the vehicle includes, but is not limited to: distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles (for example, distance information), weather information on the road where the vehicle is located, and the vehicle Information on the status of the road and navigation information.
例如,所述交通工具与周围交通工具之间的车距信息,是通过上述测距传感器得到的。For example, the vehicle distance information between the vehicle and the surrounding vehicles is obtained through the aforementioned distance measuring sensor.
例如,所述周围交通工具,包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方交通工具、位于所述交通工具后面的后方交通工具、以及位于所述交通工具两侧的侧方交通工具。以交通工具 为车辆为例,例如,所述周围车辆,包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、以及位于所述车辆两侧的侧方车辆。For example, the surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, and side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle. Taking a vehicle as an example of a vehicle, for example, the surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, and side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle.
例如,所述交通工具所在道路的天气信息和所述交通工具所在道路的状况信息,是ECU接入互联网后获取到的。For example, the weather information of the road where the vehicle is located and the status information of the road where the vehicle is located are obtained by the ECU after accessing the Internet.
例如,所述导航信息,是交通工具的导航设备发送给ECU的。For example, the navigation information is sent to the ECU by the navigation device of the vehicle.
例如,ECU在接收到环境信息和行驶信息后,对环境信息和行驶信息进行格式化分析处理,得到融合显示所需的待融合显示图像数据,以控制AR-HUD中的像源所发出的图像能够与真实环境中的场景融合,For example, after receiving the environmental information and driving information, the ECU performs formatting and analysis processing on the environmental information and driving information, and obtains the image data to be fused to be displayed for fusion display, so as to control the image emitted by the image source in the AR-HUD Can be integrated with the scene in the real environment,
例如,信息的格式化是对信息类型的进一步多维描述,格式化是根据ECU中预设数据库匹配现有数据,判断接收到的环境信息和行驶信息能否融合当前真实环境中的场景并进行显示,进而决定采集数据在显示画面中的贴合位置和其他显示策略(部分数据要显示的位置对应实景可能不在当前视野内,可以根据相对位置预先进行显示)。当通过以上操作确定对环境信息和行驶信息中的部分数据进行显示时,将需要显示的该部分数据作为待融合显示数据发送到ECU中的信息显示融合单元。For example, the formatting of information is a further multi-dimensional description of the information type. The formatting is to match the existing data according to the preset database in the ECU to determine whether the received environmental information and driving information can be integrated with the scene in the current real environment and displayed , And then determine the fitting position of the collected data in the display screen and other display strategies (the position where some data is to be displayed may not be in the current field of view corresponding to the actual scene, and it can be displayed in advance according to the relative position). When it is determined through the above operations to display part of the data in the environmental information and driving information, the part of the data that needs to be displayed is sent to the information display fusion unit in the ECU as the display data to be fused.
例如,信息显示融合单元收到待融合显示数据后,将待融合显示数据发送到AR-HUD中的像源中,通过像源发出待融合显示数据到真实环境中的场景中,与真实环境中的场景进行融合显示。For example, after the information display fusion unit receives the display data to be fused, it sends the display data to be fused to the image source in the AR-HUD, and sends the display data to be fused to the scene in the real environment through the image source. The scenes are displayed in fusion.
例如,图像和真实环境中的场景的融合匹配进一步可配置为通过图像识别把需要融合显示的数据的画面和视野中的场景做映射,根据映射关系,在场景的同一相对位置显示出图像,使像源所发出的图像能够与真实环境中的场景融合显示。For example, the fusion and matching of the image and the scene in the real environment can be further configured to map the image of the data that needs to be fused and displayed with the scene in the field of view through image recognition. According to the mapping relationship, the image is displayed in the same relative position of the scene, so that The image emitted by the image source can be displayed in fusion with the scene in the real environment.
例如,参见图3所示的第一种能够应用在本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统中的AR-HUD的结构示意图,所述AR-HUD,包括:曲面镜202和至少两个像源200,以发出至少两路光线到所述挡风玻璃,For example, referring to the first structure diagram of the AR-HUD shown in FIG. 3 that can be applied to the multi-level imaging system proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the AR-HUD includes: a curved mirror 202 and at least two The image source 200 emits at least two rays of light to the windshield,
至少两个像源能够分别发出至少两路光线;所述至少两路光线中的各路光线分别由所述至少两个像源中的不同像源200发出。At least two image sources can respectively emit at least two rays of light; each of the at least two rays of light is emitted by a different image source 200 of the at least two image sources.
例如,所述各路光线在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度至少部分不同。For example, the length of the propagation path of the light beams between the image source emitting the light beams and the curved mirror is at least partially different.
例如,每路光线的传播路径的长度为该路光线的主光轴的传播路径长度,所述曲面镜将入射的至少两路光线反射出所述AR-HUD,使得反射出AR-HUD的至少两路光线中的各路光线能够根据各路光线自身的传播路径长度,形成与眼盒区域距离不等的图像。For example, the length of the propagation path of each ray is the length of the propagation path of the main optical axis of the ray, and the curved mirror reflects at least two incident rays out of the AR-HUD, so that at least the length of the AR-HUD is reflected Each of the two rays of light can form images with different distances from the eye box area according to the length of the propagation path of each of the rays.
例如,所述曲面镜202,可以是但不限于:球面镜、双曲面镜、抛物面镜、以及自由曲面镜。For example, the curved mirror 202 may be, but not limited to: a spherical mirror, a hyperbolic mirror, a parabolic mirror, and a free-form surface mirror.
所述像源200,能够发出呈现图像的光线。The image source 200 can emit light for presenting an image.
例如,至少两个像源200中各像源发出的光线,在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同,说明各像源在曲面镜成像的物距不同,而曲面镜的焦距是不变的,根据上述公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律,这使各像源在曲面镜成像的像距不同,即各像源的等效像源与曲面镜的距离不同。所以,各像源发出的光线能够形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的图像。For example, the light emitted by each image source in at least two image sources 200 has different propagation path lengths between the image source emitting each light and the curved mirror, indicating that the object distance of each image source on the curved mirror is different. , And the focal length of the curved mirror is constant. According to the imaging law of the curved mirror given in the above formula 1, the image distance of each image source on the curved mirror is different, that is, the equivalent image source of each image source and the curved mirror The distance is different. Therefore, the light emitted by each image source can form images with unequal distances from the eye box area.
例如,所述图像,是与真实环境中需要融合的场景距离匹配的图像。For example, the image is an image that matches the distance of the scene that needs to be fused in the real environment.
例如,所述场景,可以是但不限于:车辆周围出现的机动车、非机动车、行人、动物、变道区域、车辆所在道路前方存在检修路段、车辆所在道路前方存在损坏路段、车辆所在道路前方设置有障碍、以及车辆所在道路前方存在交通事故路段。For example, the scene may be, but is not limited to: motor vehicles, non-motor vehicles, pedestrians, animals, lane change areas, and repair sections in front of the road where the vehicle is located, damaged sections in front of the road where the vehicle is located, and the road where the vehicle is located. There are obstacles ahead, and there is a traffic accident section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,ECU中还存储有AR-HUD中各像源的像源标识和像距的对应关系,以达到多层次成像的目的For example, the ECU also stores the corresponding relationship between the image source identification and the image distance of each image source in the AR-HUD to achieve the purpose of multi-level imaging
例如,各像源的像距,是AR-HUD出厂前设置好的。For example, the image distance of each image source is set before the AR-HUD leaves the factory.
例如,各像源的像距,可以设置为几米、十几米、几十米、以及无穷远处。例如,可以通过像源标识和像距的对应关系的方式存储在ECU中。For example, the image distance of each image source can be set to a few meters, ten meters, tens of meters, and infinity. For example, it can be stored in the ECU through the correspondence between the image source identifier and the image distance.
例如,所述与场景距离匹配的图像的确定过程包括:ECU对场景与眼盒区域的距离分别与各像源的像距进行差值计算,将与场景与眼盒区域的距离差值最小的像距对应的图像确定为与场景距离匹配的图像。For example, the process of determining the image matching the distance of the scene includes: the ECU calculates the difference between the distance between the scene and the eye box area and the image distance of each image source, and calculates the difference between the distance between the scene and the eye box area with the smallest value. The image corresponding to the image distance is determined as the image matching the scene distance.
根据上述公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律,本申请的发明人发现将像源200放在曲面镜202的焦平面或者靠近焦平面的位置时,可以将图像呈现在距离眼盒区域无穷远的地方,使观察者看到不存在视差的图像。According to the curved mirror imaging law given by the above formula 1, the inventor of the present application found that when the image source 200 is placed on the focal plane of the curved mirror 202 or close to the focal plane, the image can be presented at an infinite distance from the eye box area. Place, so that the observer can see the image without parallax.
例如,所述视差,是指观察者的双眼在眼盒区域看到的图像与真实环境中的场景在水平方向和/或者垂直方向不能融合的情况。For example, the parallax refers to a situation where the image seen by the observer's eyes in the eye box area and the scene in the real environment cannot be merged in the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction.
例如,该抬头显示器中的至少两个像源,包括:设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的远距离成像像源,以为了能在无穷远处成像。For example, the at least two image sources in the head-up display include: a long-distance imaging image source set close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or set at the focal plane of the curved mirror, in order to be able to Imaging at infinity.
所述远距离成像像源发出的光线射出AR-HUD后能够形成远距离图像。The light emitted by the long-distance imaging image source can form a long-distance image after exiting the AR-HUD.
所述远距离图像,用于消除观察者观看图像时的视差。The long-distance image is used to eliminate parallax when the observer views the image.
例如,参见图16所示的AR-HUD的成像侧视图,在至少两个像源分别呈现的图像中,远距离成像像源呈现的远距离图像与所述眼盒区域的距离最远。即所述远距离图像是至少两个像源分别呈现的图像中与眼盒区域水平距离最远的图像。For example, referring to the imaging side view of the AR-HUD shown in FIG. 16, among the images presented by at least two image sources, the distance between the remote image presented by the remote imaging source and the eye box area is the farthest. That is, the long-distance image is the image with the farthest horizontal distance from the eye box area among the images presented by at least two image sources.
例如,图3所示AR-HUD的结构中只包括两个像源的情况仅为示意,AR-HUD还可 以包括更多的像源,这里不再一一赘述。For example, the structure of the AR-HUD shown in Figure 3 includes only two image sources for illustration, and the AR-HUD can also include more image sources, which will not be repeated here.
例如,参见图4A所示能够应用在本本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统中的AR-HUD的结构示意图,本本公开至少一实施例提出的一种AR-HUD,包括:第一像源300、第二像源302、曲面镜202和第一透反膜304。For example, referring to FIG. 4A, a schematic structural diagram of an AR-HUD that can be applied to the multi-level imaging system proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, an AR-HUD proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure includes: a first image The source 300, the second image source 302, the curved mirror 202 and the first transflective film 304.
所述第一像源300,能够发出第一光线,所述第二像源302,能够发出第二光线。The first image source 300 can emit a first light, and the second image source 302 can emit a second light.
例如,所述第一像源300和所述第二像源302分别设置在不同位置上,所述第一光线和所述第二光线的传播路径长度不同。For example, the first image source 300 and the second image source 302 are respectively arranged at different positions, and the propagation path lengths of the first light and the second light are different.
所述第一光线和所述第二光线的传播路径长度不同,是指所述第一光线和所述第二光线在HUD内的传播路径的长度不同。The different propagation path lengths of the first light and the second light mean that the lengths of the propagation paths of the first light and the second light in the HUD are different.
所述第一透反膜304,能够透过入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第二光线进行反射。The first transflective film 304 can transmit the incident first light and reflect the incident second light.
所述第一透反膜304设置在所述第一像源和所述第二像源之间。The first transflective film 304 is arranged between the first image source and the second image source.
所述曲面镜202将入射的所述第一光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第一光线能够根据所述第一光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第一虚像。The curved mirror 202 reflects the incident first light out of the head-up display, so that the first light reflected out of the head-up display can form a first virtual image according to the propagation path length of the first light.
所述曲面镜202将入射的所述第二光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第二光线能够根据所述第二光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第二虚像。The curved mirror 202 reflects the incident second light out of the head-up display, so that the second light reflected out of the head-up display can form a second virtual image according to the propagation path length of the second light.
例如,所述第一光线和所述第二光线的传播路径长度不同,使得所述第一虚像与观察者之间的距离和所述第二虚像与观察者之间的距离不同;For example, the propagation path lengths of the first light and the second light are different, so that the distance between the first virtual image and the observer is different from the distance between the second virtual image and the observer;
例如,所述第一光线和所述第二光线的偏振特性不同。For example, the polarization characteristics of the first light and the second light are different.
例如,所述第一光线可以是S偏振光;所述第二光线可以是P偏振光。For example, the first light may be S-polarized light; the second light may be P-polarized light.
例如,在图4A所示的AR-HUD的结构示意图的基础上,参见图4B所示的第三种能够应用在本本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统中的AR-HUD的结构示意图,AR-HUD还包括:第二透反膜308和第三像源306。For example, on the basis of the schematic structural diagram of the AR-HUD shown in FIG. 4A, refer to the schematic structural diagram of the third AR-HUD shown in FIG. 4B that can be applied to the multi-level imaging system proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. , AR-HUD also includes: a second transflective film 308 and a third image source 306.
所述第三像源306,能够发出第三光线。The third image source 306 can emit a third light.
例如,所述第二透反膜308设置在所述第一透反膜304和所述第一像源300之间。For example, the second transflective film 308 is disposed between the first transflective film 304 and the first image source 300.
所述第二透反膜,能够透过入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第三光线进行反射;所述第一透反膜将入射的所述第三光线透过,使得所述第三光线入射到所述曲面镜。The second transflective film can transmit the incident first light and reflect the incident third light; the first transflective film transmits the incident third light so that the The third light is incident on the curved mirror.
所述曲面镜将入射的所述第三光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第三光线能够根据所述第三光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第三图像。The curved mirror reflects the incident third light out of the head-up display, so that the third light reflected out of the head-up display can form a third image according to the propagation path length of the third light.
所述第三光线与所述第一光线和所述第二光线的传播路径长度不同,使得所述第三 图像与观察者之间的距离和第一图像与观察者之间的距离、以及所述第二图像与观察者之间的距离都不相同。The third light rays have different propagation path lengths from the first light rays and the second light rays, so that the distance between the third image and the observer, the distance between the first image and the observer, and the distance between the third image and the observer are different. The distances between the second image and the observer are not the same.
例如,参见图4C所示的另一种能够应用在本本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统中的AR-HUD的结构示意图;所述第二透反膜308设置在所述第二像源302和所述第一透反膜304之间。For example, referring to FIG. 4C, another structural schematic diagram of an AR-HUD that can be applied to the multi-level imaging system proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure; the second transflective film 308 is arranged on the second image Between the source 302 and the first transflective film 304.
所述第二透反膜,能够透过入射的所述第二光线且对入射的所述第三光线进行反射;所述第一透反膜将入射的所述第三光线反射到所述曲面镜。The second transflective film can transmit the incident second light and reflect the incident third light; the first transflective film reflects the incident third light to the curved surface mirror.
所述曲面镜将入射的所述第三光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第三光线能够根据所述第三光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第三图像。The curved mirror reflects the incident third light out of the head-up display, so that the third light reflected out of the head-up display can form a third image according to the propagation path length of the third light.
例如,所述第三光线和所述第四光线的偏振特性不同。For example, the polarization characteristics of the third light and the fourth light are different.
例如,所述第三光线可以是S偏振光;所述第四光线可以是P偏振光。For example, the third light may be S-polarized light; the fourth light may be P-polarized light.
所述第一像源300发出的第一光线、所述第二像源302发出的第二光线、以及所述第三像源304发出的第三光线的传播路径长度不同,是指所述第一像源300、所述第二像源302、以及所述第三像源304的物距不同,导致所述第一像源300、所述第二像源302、以及所述第三像源304的像距不同,从而所述第一像源300、所述第二像源302、以及所述第三像源304能分别在距离眼盒区域不同的位置成像,达到多层次成像。The first light emitted by the first image source 300, the second light emitted by the second image source 302, and the third light emitted by the third image source 304 have different propagation path lengths, which means that the first light The object distances of the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source 304 are different, resulting in the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source The image distances of 304 are different, so that the first image source 300, the second image source 302, and the third image source 304 can respectively image at different positions from the eye box area to achieve multi-level imaging.
将所述第一像源300、所述第二像源302、或者所述第三像源304设置在靠近所述曲面镜202的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置,使得设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的所述第一像源、所述第二像源、或者所述第三像源发出的光线射出AR-HUD后能够形成远距离图像,以消除观察者查看图像与真实环境中场景融合后的视差。Set the first image source 300, the second image source 302, or the third image source 304 at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror 202 or at the position of the focal plane of the curved mirror , So that the first image source, the second image source, or the third image source arranged at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or at the position of the focal plane of the curved mirror emits After the light exits the AR-HUD, it can form a long-distance image to eliminate the parallax between the observer's viewing image and the scene in the real environment.
例如,设置在靠近所述曲面镜202的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的所述第一像源300、所述第二像源302、或者所述第三像源304被称作远距离成像像源。For example, the first image source 300, the second image source 302, or the third image set at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror 202 or at the position of the focal plane of the curved mirror The source 304 is referred to as a remote imaging image source.
例如,还可以通过使用平面镜或者结合平面镜和透反膜(透反元件)来实现不同的像距。For example, it is also possible to achieve different image distances by using a flat mirror or combining a flat mirror and a transflective film (transflective element).
例如,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括像源、平面镜和曲面镜,所述像源发出的光线经过所述曲面镜反射后入射到所述平面镜,并在所述平面镜上发生反射后射出。For example, the augmented reality head-up display includes an image source, a flat mirror, and a curved mirror. The light emitted by the image source is reflected by the curved mirror and enters the flat mirror, and is reflected on the flat mirror before being emitted.
例如,如图5A所示,该平面镜为平面反射镜,该像源包括至少两个像源,例如包括像源1(第一像源)和像源2(第二像源),所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线和所述第二光线。所述至少两路光线在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同,从而产生不同的像距。For example, as shown in FIG. 5A, the plane mirror is a plane mirror, and the image source includes at least two image sources, such as image source 1 (first image source) and image source 2 (second image source). An image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light; the first mirror is configured to reflect the first light and the second light. The propagation path lengths of the at least two rays of light between the image source emitting the respective rays of light and the curved mirror are different, so that different image distances are generated.
例如,如图5B所示,所述抬头显示器包括第一平面镜(平面镜1)和第二平面镜(平面镜2);所述第一平面镜配置为反射像源1发出的第一光线;所述第二平面镜配置为反射像源2发出的第二光线。For example, as shown in FIG. 5B, the head-up display includes a first flat mirror (flat mirror 1) and a second flat mirror (flat mirror 2); the first flat mirror is configured to reflect the first light emitted by the image source 1; The plane mirror is configured to reflect the second light emitted by the image source 2.
例如,如图5C所示,所述抬头显示器包括透反元件(透反膜)和平面反射镜;所述透反膜配置为透射所述像源1发出的第一光线以及反射所述像源2发出的第二光线;所述平面反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线和所述第二光线。For example, as shown in FIG. 5C, the head-up display includes a transflective element (transflective film) and a flat mirror; the transflective film is configured to transmit the first light emitted by the image source 1 and reflect the image source 2 second light emitted; the plane mirror is configured to reflect the first light and the second light.
例如,如图5D所示,所述抬头显示器包括第一透反元件、第二透反元件和平面镜以及第一像源(像源1)、第二像源(像源2)和第三像源(像源3)。所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线。所述第一透反元件配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第二光线及所述第三光线;所述第二透反元件配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;所述第一平面镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线。For example, as shown in FIG. 5D, the head-up display includes a first transflective element, a second transflective element, a flat mirror, and a first image source (image source 1), a second image source (image source 2), and a third image source. Source (like source 3). The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light. The first transflective element is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the second light and the third light; the second transflective element is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light Light; the first plane mirror is configured to reflect the first light, the second light and the third light.
例如,如图5E所示,所述抬头显示器包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,以及第一透反元件、第二透反元件和平面镜;所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线。所述第一透反元件配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第一光线;所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;所述第一平面镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线。For example, as shown in FIG. 5E, the head-up display includes a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, as well as a first transflective element, a second transflective element, and a flat mirror; the first image source configuration To emit the first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light. The first transflective element is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the first light; the second transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light; the first The plane mirror is configured to reflect the first light, the second light, and the third light.
例如,所述电子控制单元还配置为:根据所述驾驶信息形成显示数据,以及根据驾驶员的个人信息对所述显示数据进行处理,并根据处理后的显示数据控制所述抬头显示器发出的光线照射到所述成像窗。For example, the electronic control unit is further configured to: form display data according to the driving information, process the display data according to the driver’s personal information, and control the light emitted by the head-up display according to the processed display data Illuminate to the imaging window.
例如,所述处理包括以下至少之一:提高图像色彩饱和度处理、图像的颜色转换处理、图像的形状转换处理。For example, the processing includes at least one of the following: an image color saturation enhancement process, an image color conversion process, and an image shape conversion process.
例如,所述电子控制单元还配置为识别所述驾驶员的身份信息,并根据所述身份信息确定所述驾驶员的个人信息。For example, the electronic control unit is further configured to identify the identity information of the driver, and determine the personal information of the driver according to the identity information.
通过上述设置,可以使得本公开至少一实施例提供的成像系统对针对色弱/色盲等色觉缺陷人群提供辅助驾驶功能。Through the above settings, the imaging system provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure can provide a driving assistance function for people with color vision defects such as color weakness/color blindness.
以下实施方式以交通工具为车辆为例进行说明。在其他实施例中,交通工具为非车辆式交通工具时也同样适用于以下实施方式。The following embodiments are described by taking the transportation as a vehicle as an example. In other embodiments, the same applies to the following embodiments when the vehicle is a non-vehicle type vehicle.
例如,当车辆周围存在移动目标时,所述ECU,可以执行以下步骤:For example, when there are moving targets around the vehicle, the ECU may perform the following steps:
当车辆周围存在移动目标时,确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离;其中,所述移动目标,包括:机动车和非机动车;When there is a moving target around the vehicle, determine the distance between the eye box area and the moving target; wherein, the moving target includes: motor vehicles and non-motor vehicles;
当有移动目标与车辆的距离小于安全距离时,将所述眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距 离作为目标像距,从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;When the distance between the moving target and the vehicle is less than the safe distance, the distance between the eye box area and the moving target is taken as the target image distance, and the AR-HUD image source is selected from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD. The image source with matching distance is used as the target image source;
控制所述目标像源向距离所述车辆小于安全距离的移动目标发出与所述移动目标融合的图像,将所述移动目标标识出来。The target image source is controlled to send an image fused with the moving target to a moving target that is less than a safe distance from the vehicle, and the moving target is identified.
例如,移动目标应为相对于车辆所移动的行人、物体、机动车和/或非机动车等。For example, the moving target should be a pedestrian, an object, a motor vehicle and/or a non-motor vehicle moving relative to the vehicle.
例如,在上述步骤中,为了确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离,包括以下步骤:For example, in the above steps, in order to determine the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, the following steps are included:
获取测距传感器发送的距离信息,所述距离信息,包括:发送距离信息的测距传感器的传感器标识和测量到的移动目标与车辆的距离;Acquiring the distance information sent by the distance measuring sensor, the distance information including: the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor sending the distance information and the measured distance between the moving target and the vehicle;
根据所述传感器标识,从测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系中查询出所述传感器标识对应的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离;According to the sensor identifier, the distance between the distance measuring sensor corresponding to the sensor identifier and the eye box area is queried from the corresponding relationship between the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor and the distance;
计算所述传感器标识对应的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离与所述距离信息中记载的移动目标与车辆的距离的和,并将计算结果确定为所述眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离。Calculate the sum of the distance between the distance measuring sensor corresponding to the sensor identifier and the eye box area and the distance between the moving target and the vehicle recorded in the distance information, and determine the calculation result as the distance between the eye box area and the moving target distance.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述距离信息,还包括:图像传感器采集的车辆周围图像。For example, in the above steps, the distance information further includes: surrounding images of the vehicle collected by the image sensor.
图像传感器在采集到图车辆周围图像后,测量传感器测量到的移动目标与车辆的距离,根据图像传感器自身的传感器标识、采集到的车辆周围图像、移动目标与车辆的距离生成距离信息,并发送给ECU。After the image sensor collects the image around the vehicle, it measures the distance between the moving target and the vehicle measured by the sensor, and generates distance information based on the sensor identification of the image sensor itself, the collected images of the surrounding vehicle, and the distance between the moving target and the vehicle, and sends it To the ECU.
在上述步骤中,测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系缓存在HUD控制装置中。In the above steps, the corresponding relationship between the sensor identifier of the ranging sensor and the distance is cached in the HUD control device.
在上述步骤中,从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程,与上述的所述与场景距离匹配的图像的确定过程类似,可以包括以下步骤至步骤:In the above steps, the process of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source, and determining the image matching the scene distance as described above The process is similar and can include the following steps to steps:
从所述像源标识和像距的对应关系中获取所述AR-HUD中多个像源中除远距离成像像源外的各像源的像距;Acquiring, from the correspondence between the image source identifier and the image distance, the image distance of each image source in the AR-HUD except for the long-distance imaging image source among the multiple image sources;
分别计算各所述像源的像距与所述目标像距的差值;Respectively calculating the difference between the image distance of each of the image sources and the target image distance;
将各所述像源中与所述目标像距差值最小且与所述目标像距的差值小于差值阈值的像距对应的像源确定为与所述目标像距匹配的目标像源;Determine the image source corresponding to the image distance with the smallest difference between the target image distance and the target image distance smaller than the difference threshold among the image sources as the target image source matching the target image distance ;
当各得到像源的像距与所述目标像距的差值均大于所述差值阈值时,将所述远距离成像像源确定为与所述目标像距匹配的目标像源。When the difference between the image distance of each obtained image source and the target image distance is greater than the difference threshold, the long-distance imaging image source is determined as the target image source that matches the target image distance.
通过以上的步骤的内容可以看出,当有移动目标与车辆之间的距离小于安全距离时,将所述距离作为目标像距,从多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;控制所述目标像源向所述移动目标发出与所述移动目标融合的图像,将所述 移动目标标识出来,从而辅助车辆驾驶。It can be seen from the content of the above steps that when the distance between the moving target and the vehicle is less than the safe distance, the distance is taken as the target image distance, and the target image distance is selected from a plurality of image sources to match the target image distance. The image source of is used as the target image source; the target image source is controlled to send out an image fused with the moving target to the moving target, and the moving target is identified, thereby assisting the driving of the vehicle.
例如,当移动目标是车辆时,所述环境信息,包括:所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息;所述周围车辆,包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、以及位于所述车辆两侧的侧方车辆。For example, when the moving target is a vehicle, the environmental information includes: the distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles; the surrounding vehicles include: the vehicle in front of the vehicle and the vehicle behind the vehicle The rear vehicle and the side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle.
例如,参见图7所示的AR-HUD发出标识所述车辆的周围车辆车距的流程图,所述ECU,例如用于执行以下步骤,以将作为所述移动目标的车辆标识出来:For example, referring to the flow chart of the AR-HUD shown in FIG. 7 for identifying the distance between the surrounding vehicles of the vehicle, the ECU, for example, is used to perform the following steps to identify the vehicle as the moving target:
获取所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离、与所述后方车辆的第二距离、以及与两侧的所述侧方车辆的第三距离和第四距离;Acquiring a first distance between the vehicle and the front vehicle, a second distance from the rear vehicle, and a third distance and a fourth distance from the side vehicles on both sides;
根据所述车辆的车速信息,确定所述车辆与所述前方车辆的第一安全距离阈值;Determining the first safe distance threshold between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle according to the vehicle speed information of the vehicle;
当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并将所述第一预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示;When the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold, generate first warning information, and send the first warning information to the AR-HUD for display;
当所述第二距离小于等于第二安全距离阈值时,生成第二预警信息,并将所述第二预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示;其中,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离;When the second distance is less than or equal to the second safety distance threshold, second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the AR-HUD for display; wherein, the second safety distance threshold is used to indicate The safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle;
当所述第三距离和/或者所述第四距离小于等于第三安全距离阈值时,生成第三预警信息,并将所述第三预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示;其中,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离;When the third distance and/or the fourth distance is less than or equal to the third safe distance threshold, third early warning information is generated, and the third early warning information is sent to the AR-HUD for display; wherein, the first 3. A safe distance threshold, which is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle;
当确定所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值时,根据所述第一距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;When it is determined that the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, select a target image source from the AR-HUD according to the first distance;
利用第二颜色标识生成第二路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第二路径标识指令发送到所述目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来;Use the second color identification to generate a second path identification instruction, and send the generated second path identification instruction to the target image source, and control the target image source to transfer the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle Use the color corresponding to the second color mark to display;
当所述第一距离小于制动操作长度阈值且所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值的时长大于第一预设时长阈值时,生成制动指令;Generating a braking instruction when the first distance is less than the braking operation length threshold and the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold and the duration is greater than the first preset duration threshold;
利用生成的所述制动指令,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。Using the generated braking instruction, the vehicle is controlled to perform a braking operation.
在上述步骤中,通过在车辆头部安装的测距传感器发送的第一距离信息获取所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离,通过在车辆后部安装的测距传感器发送的第二距离信息获取与所述后方车辆的第二距离,通过在车辆两侧安装的测距传感器分别发送的第三距离信息和第四距离信息,分别获取位于车辆两侧的所述侧方车辆的第三距离和第四距离。In the above steps, the first distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is obtained through the first distance information sent by the distance-measuring sensor installed on the head of the vehicle, and the second distance is sent by the distance-measuring sensor installed at the rear of the vehicle. The distance information acquires the second distance to the rear vehicle, and the third distance information and the fourth distance information are respectively sent by the distance measuring sensors installed on both sides of the vehicle to acquire the second distance of the side vehicle located on both sides of the vehicle. Three distance and fourth distance.
所述第一距离信息、所述第二距离信息、所述第三距离信息和所述第四距离信息的生成的具体过程,至少部分与上述生成距离信息的过程类似,这里不再赘述。The specific processes of generating the first distance information, the second distance information, the third distance information, and the fourth distance information are at least partially similar to the foregoing process of generating distance information, and will not be repeated here.
例如,所述第一距离信息,包括但不限于:发送所述第一距离信息的测距传感器的传感器标识、所述车辆与前方车辆的第一距离、以及所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像。For example, the first distance information includes, but is not limited to: the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor that sends the first distance information, the first distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle, and the distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle. The path image between.
所述第二距离信息、所述第三距离信息和所述第四距离信息包括的内容与上述的所述第一距离信息类似,这里不再赘述。The content included in the second distance information, the third distance information, and the fourth distance information is similar to the above-mentioned first distance information, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU,可以根据ECU自身缓存的车速和安全距离的对应关系中,查询出所述车辆的车速信息对应的第一安全距离阈值。For example, in the above steps, the ECU may query the first safety distance threshold corresponding to the vehicle speed information of the vehicle according to the correspondence between the vehicle speed and the safety distance cached by the ECU itself.
例如,车速和安全距离的对应关系可以如下表示:For example, the corresponding relationship between vehicle speed and safety distance can be expressed as follows:
车速小于等于20公里/小时时,安全距离为10米;When the vehicle speed is less than or equal to 20 km/h, the safe distance is 10 meters;
车速大于20公里/小时且小于等于40公里/小时时,安全距离为20米;When the vehicle speed is greater than 20 km/h and less than or equal to 40 km/h, the safe distance is 20 meters;
车速大于40公里/小时且小于等于60公里/小时时,安全距离为30米;When the vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h and less than or equal to 60 km/h, the safety distance is 30 meters;
车速大于60公里/小时且小于等于100公里/小时时,安全距离为60米。When the vehicle speed is greater than 60 km/h and less than or equal to 100 km/h, the safety distance is 60 meters.
例如,所述ECU,还存储有第二安全距离阈值和第三安全距离阈值。For example, the ECU also stores a second safety distance threshold and a third safety distance threshold.
所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离。The second safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle.
所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。The third safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle.
在上述步骤中,所述第一预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与所述前方车辆距离小于第一安全距离阈值。In the above steps, the first warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is less than a first safe distance threshold.
例如,参见图12所示的车辆与前方车辆距离过近时,所述AR-HUD的显示示意图;为了生成第一预警信息,并将所述第一预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示,所述步骤704可以执行以下步骤:For example, referring to the display schematic diagram of the AR-HUD when the vehicle is too close to the vehicle in front shown in FIG. 12; in order to generate the first warning information and send the first warning information to the AR-HUD for display, In step 704, the following steps can be performed:
生成第一预警信息,并获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像;Generating first warning information, and acquiring a path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径;Identifying the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle according to the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
将与所述第一距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;An image distance matching the first distance is used as a target image distance, and an image source matching the target image distance is selected from a plurality of image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source; wherein, The image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第一颜色标识生成第一路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第一路径标识指令发送到所述AR-HUD中的目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来,同时将所述第一预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。Use the first color mark to generate a first path identification instruction, and send the generated first path identification instruction to the target image source in the AR-HUD, and control the target image source to connect the vehicle with the front The path between the vehicles is displayed in the color corresponding to the first color mark, and the first warning information is sent to the target image source for display.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,是从第一距离信 息中获取到的。For example, in the above steps, the path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is obtained from the first distance information.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU可以采用图像处理技术,根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the ECU may use image processing technology to identify the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle based on the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle, specifically The process will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,与所述第一距离相匹配的像距,是所述眼盒区域与所述车辆的前方车辆的距离,所以,确定与所述第一距离相匹配的像距的过程,和上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。例如,与所述第一距离相匹配的像距为与外界目标之间的实际距离所对应。For example, in the above steps, the image distance matching the first distance is the distance between the eye box area and the vehicle in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the image distance matching the first distance is determined The process is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here. For example, the image distance matching the first distance corresponds to the actual distance between the external target.
在上述步骤中,所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色和粉色。In the above steps, the colors corresponding to the first color identifier may be red and pink.
例如,所述第一预警信息,可以是“与前方车距离过近,请减速”。For example, the first warning message may be "too close to the vehicle in front, please slow down".
在上述步骤中,所述第二预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与所述前方车辆距离小于第二安全距离阈值。In the above steps, the second warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is less than a second safe distance threshold.
在上述步骤中,所述第三预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与车辆自身至少一侧的侧方车辆距离小于第三安全距离阈值。In the above steps, the third warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle on at least one side of the vehicle itself is less than the third safe distance threshold.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第一预警信息、所述第二预警信息和所述第三预警信息的显示方式,可以包括但不限于如下多种方式:告警文字、图像、视频,如“与前方车辆距离太近,请减速”“请与右侧车辆保持距离”;或者色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;且相关提示信息的亮度高于AR-HUD其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。For example, in the above steps, the display modes of the first warning information, the second warning information, and the third warning information may include, but are not limited to, the following multiple ways: warning text, image, video, such as " Too close to the vehicle in front, please slow down, "Please keep a distance with the vehicle on the right"; or brightly colored, prominent icons, or prompt animations, such as red prompt messages; and the brightness of related prompt messages is higher than other AR-HUD Part of the screen brightness, or effects such as scrolling, flashing, and beating can also be used to further improve the warning effect.
例如显示的位置至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,或者也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。For example, the displayed position is at least concentrated in front of the driver, or it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
例如,还可以在AR-HUD显示所述第二预警信息和所述第三预警信息的基础上,配合车辆或车辆上的音频播放设备,通过语音播报进行提醒,可以是没有具体含义的告警铃声,或者也可以是具体的语音提醒如“注意!保持车距”。For example, on the basis of the AR-HUD displaying the second warning information and the third warning information, the vehicle or the audio playback device on the vehicle can be used for reminding by voice broadcast, which can be an alarm bell with no specific meaning. , Or it can be a specific voice reminder such as "Attention! Keep the distance between cars."
例如,可以配合其他设备,例如集成在方向盘上的机械式振动设备,集成在座椅内的机械设备,通过震动进行提醒。For example, it can cooperate with other equipment, such as mechanical vibration equipment integrated on the steering wheel, mechanical equipment integrated in the seat, to remind through vibration.
例如,在车辆侧窗、后窗显示告警文字、图像、视频,如“后方车辆请保持车距”、“侧方车辆请保持距离”或色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;且相关提示信息的亮度高于HUD其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。For example, warning texts, images, and videos are displayed on the side windows and rear windows of the vehicle, such as "rear vehicles please keep the distance", "side vehicles please keep the distance" or brightly colored and prominent icons, or prompt animations, such as red Prompt information; and the brightness of the related prompt information is higher than the brightness of other parts of the HUD, or effects such as scrolling, flashing, and beating can also be adopted to further improve the warning effect.
上述步骤描述的显示方式与传统的HUD的显示方式类似,这里不再赘述。The display mode described in the above steps is similar to the display mode of the traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,选择出目标像源的过程,和上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距 离过程类似,这里不再赘述。确定所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值,说明车辆当前保持安全的行车距离。In the above steps, the process of selecting the target image source is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here. It is determined that the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, indicating that the vehicle currently maintains a safe driving distance.
在上述步骤中,所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是绿色和无颜色。In the above steps, the color corresponding to the second color identifier may be green or no color.
例如,在控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来的同时,确认保持安全的行车距离后,通过传统HUD方式显示提示文字、图像、视频,如“安全车距,请继续保持”;或与告警时显示颜色区别较大的图标、或提示动画,如绿色的提示信息,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,展示一定时间后可以消失;或者也可以始终保持在画面上,展示给观察者。For example, while controlling the target image source to display the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle in the color corresponding to the second color mark, at the same time, after confirming that a safe driving distance is maintained, it is displayed through the traditional HUD method. Prompt texts, images, videos, such as "safe distance, please continue to maintain"; or icons with a large color difference from the alarm display, or prompt animations, such as green prompt messages, or scrolling, flashing, beating, etc. The effect can disappear after being displayed for a certain period of time; or it can always remain on the screen and be shown to the observer.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述制动操作长度阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为15米。所述制动操作长度阈值还可以设置为小于任意车速和安全距离的对应关系中记载的安全距离值,这里不再一一赘述。For example, in the above steps, the braking operation length threshold is buffered in the ECU and can be set to 15 meters. The braking operation length threshold value can also be set to be less than the safety distance value recorded in the correspondence between any vehicle speed and safety distance, which will not be repeated here.
例如,所述第一预设时长阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为20秒。For example, the first preset duration threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to 20 seconds.
当所述移动目标为非机动车时,参见图8所示的标识所述车辆的周围的非机动车的流程图,例如,将作为所述移动目标的非机动车标识出来,所述ECU,例如用于执行以下步骤:When the moving target is a non-motorized vehicle, refer to the flowchart shown in FIG. 8 for identifying non-motorized vehicles around the vehicle. For example, to identify the non-motorized vehicle as the moving target, the ECU, For example, it is used to perform the following steps:
当确定所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域时,获取所述车辆的周围环境图像;When it is determined that the location of the vehicle is a crowded area, acquiring an image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle;
当根据所述周围环境图像确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离;When it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle according to the surrounding environment image, determine the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle;
当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并将所述碰撞预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, generate collision warning information, and send the collision warning information to the AR-HUD for display;
当确定所述非机动车与所述车辆的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,获取非机动车图像,并确定所述非机动车的当前所在位置;When it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, acquiring a non-motor vehicle image, and determining the current location of the non-motor vehicle;
根据所述非机动车的所述当前所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第二尺寸,并基于所述非机动车图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第二形状;According to the current location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, determine the second size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle, and based on the non-motor vehicle The outline of the non-motor vehicle in the image determines the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame;
根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from the AR-HUD according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
利用第五颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车指示框,并基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起;Use the fifth color identification, the second size and the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the fifth color , Generating a non-motor vehicle indication frame according to the determined second size and second shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indication frame with the non-motor vehicle based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle;
当确定所述非机动车与车辆的距离小于紧急制动长度阈值时,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。When it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the emergency braking length threshold, the vehicle is controlled to perform a braking operation.
在上述步骤中,所述ECU从所述导航设备发送的位置信息中确定所述车辆的所在位置。例如,当确定所述车辆的所在位置是在学校、医院、停车场、以及繁华市区时,确定所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域,向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆的周围环境图像。例如,人流密集区是指预设面积区域内的人口密度大于预设密度。In the above steps, the ECU determines the location of the vehicle from the location information sent by the navigation device. For example, when it is determined that the location of the vehicle is in a school, a hospital, a parking lot, and a prosperous urban area, it is determined that the location of the vehicle is a crowded area, and an image acquisition instruction is sent to the image sensor installed on the vehicle , So that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects an image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle. For example, a crowded area means that the population density in a predetermined area is greater than the predetermined density.
例如,图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述周围环境图像后在确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,测距传感器确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离,将所述周围环境图像、确定所述车辆周围存在的非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离以及测距传感器自身的传感器标识生成非机动车距离信息,发送给ECU。For example, after the image sensor receives the image acquisition instruction, after collecting the surrounding environment image, when it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle, the distance measuring sensor determines the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle, and then calculates the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle. The surrounding environment image, the determination of the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle existing around the vehicle, and the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor itself generate non-motor vehicle distance information and send it to the ECU.
例如,在上述步骤中,碰撞安全距离阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为2米到5米之间的任意距离。For example, in the above steps, the collision safety distance threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to any distance between 2 meters and 5 meters.
例如,所述ECU,接收到所述测距传感器发送的非机动车距离信息后,参见图13所示的当车辆周围存在与车辆距离过近的非机动车时,AR-HUD的示意图,上述步骤或者也可以执行:For example, the ECU, after receiving the non-motor vehicle distance information sent by the distance measuring sensor, refer to the schematic diagram of AR-HUD when there is a non-motor vehicle around the vehicle that is too close to the vehicle as shown in FIG. Steps or can also be performed:
当所述非机动车距离信息中记载的所述非机动车与车辆的距离大于碰撞安全距离阈值且小于等于预警距离阈值时,根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle recorded in the non-motor vehicle distance information is greater than the collision safety distance threshold and less than or equal to the early warning distance threshold, the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is determined from the AR-HUD Select the target image source;
控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形;其中,所述预警图形与所述非机动车融合到一起;Controlling the target image source to use the color corresponding to the fourth color mark to generate an early warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle; wherein the early warning graphic is fused with the non-motor vehicle;
当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, generating collision warning information;
根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状;According to the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle is determined, and based on the non-motor vehicle in the surrounding environment image Motor vehicle outline, determining the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame;
将与所述非机动车与车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;Use the image distance matching the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle as the target image distance, and select the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image Source; wherein, the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第三颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第一尺寸和第一形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第一尺寸和第一形状生成所述非机动车指示框,并根据所述非机动车的所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,将所述非机动车标识出来,同时将所述碰撞预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。Use the third color identification, the first size and the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the third color , Generating the non-motor vehicle indicator frame according to the determined first size and first shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle together according to the location of the non-motor vehicle to combine all The non-motor vehicle is identified, and the collision warning information is sent to the target image source for display.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述预警距离阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为5米到10 米之间的任意距离。For example, in the above steps, the warning distance threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to any distance between 5 meters and 10 meters.
例如,根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源的过程,是先根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离确定作为目标相距的所述眼盒区域与非机动车的距离,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程,这个过程与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, the process of selecting the target image source from the AR-HUD according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is to first determine the distance between the eye box area and the target according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle. The distance between the non-motor vehicle and the process of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source. This process is the same as the process of determining the eye box area and the above The distance process of moving the target is similar, so I won't repeat it here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色、绿色、黄色等颜色鲜明的颜色。For example, in the above steps, the color corresponding to the fourth color identifier may be a bright color such as red, green, and yellow.
例如,所述预警图形,预先缓存在所述ECU中,可以是但不限于:圆形、椭圆形、以及四边形。For example, the warning graphic is pre-buffered in the ECU, and may be, but not limited to: a circle, an ellipse, and a quadrilateral.
例如,控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形的具体过程包括以下步骤:For example, the specific process of controlling the target image source to use the color corresponding to the fourth color identifier to generate an early warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle includes the following steps:
根据所述周围环境图像确定所述非机动车的所在位置;Determining the location of the non-motor vehicle according to the surrounding environment image;
获取缓存的所述预警图形,利用第四颜色标识对应的颜色对所述预警图形进行填充;Acquiring the cached warning graphic, and filling the warning graphic with the color corresponding to the fourth color mark;
根据确定的确定所述非机动车的所在位置,控制所述目标像源发出与所述非机动车融合的所述预警图形。According to the determined location of the non-motor vehicle, the target image source is controlled to emit the early warning graphic fused with the non-motor vehicle.
例如,在上述步骤中,可以通过任何从数字图像确定物体位置的算法,根据所述周围环境图像确定所述非机动车的所在位置,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the location of the non-motor vehicle can be determined according to the surrounding environment image by any algorithm for determining the position of the object from the digital image, and the specific process will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,所述碰撞预警信息,用于表示所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值。In the above steps, the collision warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold.
在至少一个实施方式中,所述碰撞预警信息,可以是“与前方行人距离过近,请注意”。In at least one embodiment, the collision warning information may be “too close to the pedestrian ahead, please pay attention”.
例如,在上述步骤中,可以采用图像处理技术,根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, image processing technology can be used to determine the non-motor vehicle indication frame fused with the non-motor vehicle according to the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle. Determine the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame based on the contour of the non-motor vehicle in the surrounding environment image. The specific process is not repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,将与所述非机动车与车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, an image distance that matches the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and the AR-HUD is selected from a plurality of image sources that are closer to the target image distance. The process of using the matched image source as the target image source is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色和粉色。For example, in the above steps, the colors corresponding to the third color identifier may be red and pink.
例如,在上述步骤804中,所述碰撞预警信息的显示方式,可以包括但不限于如下 多种方式:可为告警文字、图像、视频;或色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;或提示信息的亮度高于HUD显示的其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。例如,显示的位置应至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。For example, in the above step 804, the display mode of the collision warning information may include, but is not limited to, the following various modes: warning text, image, video; or brightly colored and prominent icons, or prompt animation, such as red Or the brightness of the prompt information is higher than the brightness of other parts of the HUD display, or the effects of scrolling, flashing, and beating can also be adopted to further improve the warning effect. For example, the displayed position should be at least concentrated in front of the driver, and it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
例如,用红色等鲜明色彩的形状或标志,对关键信息进行标注和提示,同时伴随语音提醒,如“前方有行人,注意避让”,进一步增强对驾驶员的提醒效果。For example, use red and other bright-colored shapes or signs to mark and remind key information, and at the same time, accompanied by voice reminders, such as "there is a pedestrian ahead, pay attention to avoid", to further enhance the reminder effect to the driver.
上述步骤描述的显示方式与传统的HUD的显示方式类似,这里不再赘述。The display mode described in the above steps is similar to the display mode of the traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是绿色和蓝色。For example, in the above steps, the colors corresponding to the fifth color identifier may be green and blue.
基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,从而使观察者通过眼盒区域看到所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起的图像,以此确定所述车辆与由所述非机动车指示框标识出的非机动车距离大于所述碰撞安全距离阈值。The non-motor vehicle indication frame and the non-motor vehicle are integrated based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle, so that the observer can see the non-motor vehicle indication frame and the non-motor vehicle through the eye box area. The images merged by the motor vehicles to determine that the distance between the vehicle and the non-motor vehicle identified by the non-motor vehicle indicator frame is greater than the collision safety distance threshold.
上述步骤的具体过程,与上述步骤描述的ECU,用于当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并将所述碰撞预警信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示的流程中所描述的具体过程类似,这里不再赘述。The specific process of the above steps, and the ECU described in the above steps, is used to generate collision warning information when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, and send the collision warning information to The specific process described in the process of AR-HUD display is similar, and will not be repeated here.
例如,当确定所述非机动车与所述车辆的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,说明车辆与周围的非机动车处于安全距离,那么或者也可以不执行上述步骤的具体过程,对与车辆处于安全距离的非机动车不进行标识。For example, when it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, it means that the vehicle is at a safe distance from the surrounding non-motor vehicles, or the specific process of the above steps may not be performed. Non-motor vehicles at a safe distance will not be marked.
在上述步骤中,例如,所述紧急制动长度阈值,可以是0.5米到1.5米之间的任意距离。In the above steps, for example, the emergency braking length threshold may be any distance between 0.5 meters and 1.5 meters.
例如,在有些情况下,对车辆周围存在的潜在行驶危险目标进行突出显示。所述潜在行驶危险目标,包括:恶劣天气情况和所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况。For example, in some cases, potentially dangerous driving targets existing around the vehicle are highlighted. The potentially dangerous driving target includes: bad weather conditions and dangerous conditions in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,当车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,所述ECU,还具体用于执行以下步骤:For example, when there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle, the ECU is also specifically configured to perform the following steps:
获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;Obtaining weather information and/or status information of the road where the vehicle is located;
当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示。When it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, warning information is generated, and the generated warning information is sent to the AR-HUD for display.
在上述步骤中,所述ECU通过无线通信设备,获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息。In the above steps, the ECU obtains weather information and/or condition information of the road where the vehicle is located through a wireless communication device.
例如,所述ECU会根据车辆所在道路的位置信息,确定车辆所在道路的行政区域,然后通过无线通信设备接入互联网,获取所述行政区域的天气信息和所述行政区域的交 通信息,所述交通信息,包括:所述车辆所在道路的路况信息和状况信息,以获取所述车辆所在道路的天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息。For example, the ECU will determine the administrative area of the road where the vehicle is located according to the location information of the road where the vehicle is located, and then access the Internet through a wireless communication device to obtain weather information in the administrative area and traffic information in the administrative area. The traffic information includes: road condition information and condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, so as to obtain weather information of the road where the vehicle is located and condition information of the road where the vehicle is located.
所述车辆所在道路的天气信息,用于指示所述车辆所处道路处于良好天气情况,还是恶劣天气情况。The weather information of the road where the vehicle is located is used to indicate whether the road where the vehicle is located is in good weather or bad weather.
例如,所述良好天气情况,包括但不限于:晴天、多云间晴、以及多云。For example, the good weather conditions include but are not limited to: sunny, cloudy and sunny, and cloudy.
例如,所述恶劣天气情况,包括但不限于:冰雹、暴雨、洪水、以及龙卷风。For example, the severe weather conditions include, but are not limited to: hail, heavy rain, floods, and tornadoes.
例如,所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,包括但不限于:包括:道路前方存在检修的提醒信息、道路前方存在损坏的提醒信息、道路前方出现交通事故的提醒信息、以及道路前方设有障碍的提醒信息。For example, the status information of the road where the vehicle is located includes, but is not limited to: including: reminder information about maintenance ahead of the road, reminder information about damage ahead of the road, reminder information about traffic accidents in front of the road, and obstacles Reminder information.
例如,道路前方存在检修的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在检修路段。For example, there is a reminder message for maintenance ahead of the road, which is used to indicate that there is a maintenance section ahead of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方存在损坏的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在损坏路段。For example, the warning message that there is damage in front of the road is used to indicate that there is a damaged section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方出现交通事故的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在交通事故路段。For example, the reminder information of a traffic accident in front of the road is used to indicate that there is a traffic accident section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方设有障碍的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方设置有障碍。For example, the reminder message that there is an obstacle in front of the road is used to indicate that there is an obstacle in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,在上述步骤中,可以采用以下方式,对警示信息进行显示:For example, in the above steps, the following methods can be used to display the warning information:
基于AR增强系统,对行车安全的信息进行分析,将虚拟信息模拟仿真后,应用显示在HUD上,现实与虚拟两种信息互为补充,对警示信息进行增强。Based on the AR enhancement system, the information of driving safety is analyzed. After virtual information is simulated and simulated, the application is displayed on the HUD. The real and virtual information complement each other to enhance the warning information.
在HUD上显示信息,将有助于行驶的需标记信息标示出来,包括:潜在威胁车辆、潜在道路危险、恶劣道路条件、夜间行驶需注意信息等;Displaying information on the HUD will indicate the information that needs to be marked that will help driving, including: potentially threatening vehicles, potential road hazards, bad road conditions, and information that needs attention when driving at night;
其中,安全标志可用绿色安全标示,危险标志可用红色警示标示;Among them, safety signs can be green safety signs, and danger signs can be red warning signs;
根据实时道路状况和联网的道路信息,在画面中对行驶路线进行辅助,在正确行驶道路上标示辅助线和转向标志。According to real-time road conditions and networked road information, the driving route is assisted in the screen, and auxiliary lines and steering signs are marked on the correct driving road.
例如,显示信息可以是文字、图像、视频,可以采取颜色加深、滚动、闪烁、跳动等提高警示效果。For example, the displayed information can be text, image, video, and the warning effect can be improved by using color deepening, scrolling, flashing, and jumping.
例如,显示的位置应至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。For example, the displayed position should be at least concentrated in front of the driver, and it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
例如,在AR-HUD上对关键信息进行标注和提示,存在潜在威胁车辆,可图示或语音提醒驾驶员威胁车辆信息;For example, by marking and prompting key information on AR-HUD, there is a potential threat to the vehicle, and the driver can be shown or voiced to remind the driver to threaten the vehicle information;
例如,在AR-HUD上对关键信息进行标注和提示,存在潜在道路危险,可图示或语音提醒驾驶员道路状况信息。For example, by marking and prompting key information on the AR-HUD, if there is a potential road hazard, the driver can be shown or voiced to remind the driver of the road condition information.
例如,当所述潜在行驶危险目标为恶劣天气情况时,参见图9所示的潜在行驶危险 目标为恶劣天气情况时所述ECU执行的流程图,所述ECU,用于当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示,包括以下步骤:For example, when the potentially dangerous target for driving is a bad weather condition, referring to the flowchart executed by the ECU when the potentially dangerous target for driving is bad weather as shown in FIG. And/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, when it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle, generating warning information and sending the generated warning information to the AR-HUD for display, including the following steps:
当确定所述车辆所在道路存在恶劣天气情况时,获取所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像并生成警示信息;When it is determined that there is a bad weather condition on the road where the vehicle is located, acquiring a bad weather road image of the road where the vehicle is located and generating warning information;
对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,确定所述车辆所在道路的亮度值;Processing the bad weather road image to determine the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located;
当所述亮度值小于亮度阈值时,生成远光灯开启提示信息,通过所述AR-HUD展示所述远光灯开启提示信息,并从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置;When the brightness value is less than the brightness threshold, generate high beam turn-on prompt information, display the high-beam turn-on prompt information through the AR-HUD, and determine the path of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image Contour and path position;
根据所述路径位置,确定出所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离;Determine the distance between the road where the vehicle is located and the eye box area according to the path position;
将与所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;The image distance that matches the distance between the road where the vehicle is located and the eye box area is used as the target image distance, and an image that matches the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD A source as a target image source; wherein the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第六颜色,对所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓进行填充,得到车辆所在道路的路径轮廓图;Use the sixth color to fill the path contour of the road where the vehicle is located to obtain a path contour map of the road where the vehicle is located;
根据所述车辆所在道路的路径位置,通过所述目标像源将所述路径轮廓图投射到所述车辆所在道路上,使得所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合,同时将所述警示信息发送到目标像源进行展示。参见图14所示的AR-HUD将所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合的示意图,其中,实线部分是通过眼盒区域可以看到的道路部分,虚线部分是路径轮廓图展示的道路部分。According to the path position of the road where the vehicle is located, the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located, and the warning The information is sent to the target image source for display. Refer to the AR-HUD shown in Figure 14 for a schematic diagram of fusing the path contour map with the road where the vehicle is located, where the solid line part is the road part that can be seen through the eye box area, and the dashed line part is the path contour map showing Part of the road.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像。For example, in the above steps, the ECU sends an image acquisition instruction to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects bad weather road images of the road where the vehicle is located.
在至少一个实施方式中,所述警示信息,可以是:“天气情况不好,请慢行”。In at least one embodiment, the warning message may be: "The weather is bad, please go slowly."
图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述恶劣天气道路图像后,将所述恶劣天气道路图像发送给ECU。After receiving the image acquisition instruction, the image sensor collects the bad weather road image, and then sends the bad weather road image to the ECU.
在上述步骤中,采用图像亮度算法,对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,将处理得到的图像亮度值确定为所述车辆所在道路的亮度值。具体过程这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the image brightness algorithm is used to process the bad weather road image, and the processed image brightness value is determined as the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located. The specific process will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,通过所述AR-HUD展示所述远光灯开启提示信息的过程与传统HUD的显示信息的过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the process of displaying the high beam turn-on prompt information through the AR-HUD is similar to the process of displaying information of the traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
例如,所述ECU可以采用任何图像处理技术,从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, the ECU may use any image processing technology to determine the path profile and path position of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image. The specific process is not repeated here.
在至少一个实施方式中,所述远光灯开启提示信息,可以是“请开启远光灯”。In at least one embodiment, the prompt message for turning on the high beam may be "please turn on the high beam".
例如,在上述步骤中,从所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓中得到所述车辆所在道路的几何中心,利用测距传感器测量所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离,并对所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离,与测量所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离进行求和计算,将求和计算的结果确定为所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离。For example, in the above steps, the geometric center of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained from the path profile of the road where the vehicle is located, and the distance between the geometric center of the road where the vehicle is located and the vehicle is measured by a distance measuring sensor, and the vehicle The distance between the geometric center of the road and the vehicle, and the distance between the distance measuring sensor that measures the distance between the geometric center of the road and the vehicle and the eye box area are calculated, and the result of the sum calculation is determined as the vehicle The distance between the road and the eye box area.
在上述步骤中,确定目标像源的具体过程,与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the foregoing steps, the specific process of determining the target image source is similar to the foregoing process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,所述第六颜色,可以是红色、蓝色、绿色等醒目的颜色。In the above steps, the sixth color may be a striking color such as red, blue, and green.
在上述步骤中,将所述警示信息发送到目标像源进行展示的过程,与传统HUD的显示信息的过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the process of sending the warning information to the target image source for display is similar to the process of displaying information in a traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
例如,参见图10所示的潜在行驶危险目标为车辆所在道路前方的危险状况时所述ECU执行的流程图,以及参见图15所示的道路前方的状况为障碍时的AR-HUD展示图像的示意图,当所述潜在行驶危险目标是所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况时,所述ECU,用于当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到AR-HUD进行展示,包括以下步骤:For example, refer to the flowchart executed by the ECU when the potentially dangerous target for driving is the dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located as shown in FIG. 10, and the AR-HUD display image when the situation in front of the road is obstructed as shown in FIG. In a schematic diagram, when the potentially dangerous driving target is a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located, the ECU is used to determine the surrounding area of the vehicle according to the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located When there are potentially dangerous driving targets, generating warning information and sending the generated warning information to AR-HUD for display, including the following steps:
当获取到所述车辆所在道路的状况信息且所述车辆与发生所述危险状况对应道路状况的路段之间的距离小于道路状况显示距离阈值时,获取所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像并生成警示信息;其中,所述道路状况图像,包括:所述车辆所在道路中发生道路状况的路段;When the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained and the distance between the vehicle and the road section corresponding to the road condition where the dangerous condition occurs is less than the road condition display distance threshold, the road condition image of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained and generated Warning information; wherein, the road condition image includes: a road section where a road condition occurs in the road where the vehicle is located;
从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓;Determining the road section contour of the road section where the road state occurs from the road state image;
将与发生所述道路状况的路段与所述车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;The image distance that matches the distance between the road section where the road condition occurs and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and an image that matches the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD The source is the target image source;
利用第七颜色,对发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓进行填充,得到发生所述道路状况的路段的状况轮廓图;Use the seventh color to fill the road section contour of the road section where the road condition occurs, to obtain the state contour map of the road section where the road condition occurs;
通过所述目标像源将所述状况轮廓图投射到发生所述道路状况的路段上,使得所述状况轮廓图与发生所述道路状况的路段融合。Projecting the condition contour map onto the road section where the road condition occurs through the target image source, so that the condition contour diagram is merged with the road section where the road condition occurs.
在上述步骤中,发生道路状况的路段,可以是但不限于:检修路段、损坏路段、交通事故路段、以及设置有障碍路段。In the above steps, the road section where the road condition occurs may be, but not limited to: a repaired road section, a damaged road section, a traffic accident road section, and a road section with obstacles.
所述道路状况显示距离阈值,可以是0到2公里之间的任意距离。The road condition display distance threshold can be any distance between 0 and 2 kilometers.
所述ECU向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像。The ECU sends an image acquisition instruction to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects road conditions images of the road where the vehicle is located.
图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述道路状况图像后,测距传感器测量车辆与发生道路状况的路段的距离,并根据测距传感器自身的传感器标识、所述道路状况图像、以及车辆与发生道路状况的路段的距离生成道路状况距离信息,将所述道路状况距离信息发送给ECU。After the image sensor receives the image acquisition instruction and collects the road condition image, the distance measuring sensor measures the distance between the vehicle and the road section where the road condition occurs, and according to the sensor identification of the distance measuring sensor itself, the road condition image, and the distance between the vehicle and the road condition The distance of the road section where the road condition occurs generates road condition distance information, and the road condition distance information is sent to the ECU.
在上述步骤中,可以采用任何图像处理算法,从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓,具体过程这里不再赘述。In the above steps, any image processing algorithm can be used to determine the road section contour of the road section where the road condition occurs from the road condition image, and the specific process will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,确定目标像源的过程,与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the process of determining the target image source is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,所述第七颜色,可以是红色、粉色、以及绿色。In the above steps, the seventh color may be red, pink, and green.
在有些情况下,需要对车辆的操作情况进行评价,并给出车辆的驾驶建议,参见图11所示的给出车辆驾驶建议时ECU所执行的流程图,所述ECU,还具体用于执行以下步骤:In some cases, it is necessary to evaluate the operation of the vehicle and give driving recommendations for the vehicle. Refer to the flowchart shown in Figure 11 for the flow chart executed by the ECU when the vehicle driving recommendations are given. The ECU is also specifically used to execute The following steps:
根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,生成所述车辆的操作建议信息时,采集所述观察者的车辆操作视频,并通过所述AR-HUD将所述操作建议信息展示;According to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle status information of the vehicle, when generating the operation advice information of the vehicle, the vehicle operation video of the observer is collected, and the vehicle operation video is collected through the AR-HUD. Operation suggestion information display;
当确定操作规定时长内未检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,生成危险驾驶信息,通过所述AR-HUD将所述危险驾驶信息展示,并对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation advice information is not detected within the specified operation time period, generate dangerous driving information, display the dangerous driving information through the AR-HUD, and perform a decrement operation on the driving vehicle index;
当确定操作规定时长内检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation suggestion information is detected within the specified operation time period, an incremental operation is performed on the driving vehicle index;
当确定所述车辆未被操作的时长大于停车时间阈值时,停止采集车辆操作视频,并将所述驾驶车辆指数和采集到的所述车辆操作视频发送到所述AR-HUD进行展示。When it is determined that the length of time the vehicle has not been operated is greater than the parking time threshold, stop collecting vehicle operation videos, and send the driving vehicle index and the collected vehicle operation videos to the AR-HUD for display.
在上述步骤中,所述导航信息是从导航设备获取到的;所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息是从OBD(On Board Diagbostics,汽车检测系统)中获取到的。In the above steps, the navigation information is obtained from a navigation device; the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information of the vehicle are obtained from OBD (On Board Diagbostics, car detection system).
根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,生成所述车辆的操作建议信息的过程,这里不再赘述。The process of generating the operation suggestion information of the vehicle according to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information of the vehicle is not repeated here.
所述操作建议信息,包括但不限于:建议行驶路线信息、建议档位信息、障碍提示信息、建议速度信息、和建议制动信息。The operation advice information includes, but is not limited to: recommended driving route information, recommended gear information, obstacle prompt information, recommended speed information, and recommended braking information.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述操作规定时长可以是3到5秒之间的任何时间长度。For example, in the above steps, the specified operation duration can be any length of time between 3 and 5 seconds.
所述驾驶车辆指数,用于评价车辆操作的合理程度;所述驾驶车辆指数越大,说明车辆操作越合理。The driving vehicle index is used to evaluate the reasonable degree of vehicle operation; the larger the driving vehicle index, the more reasonable the vehicle operation.
对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作,是指在当前驾驶车辆指数的基础上,减去固定的指数变量,从而得到减量操作后的驾驶车辆指数。Decreasing the driving vehicle index refers to subtracting a fixed index variable from the current driving vehicle index to obtain the driving vehicle index after the decrement operation.
在上述步骤中,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作的过程与对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作的过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the process of incrementing the driving vehicle index is similar to the process of decrementing the driving vehicle index, and will not be repeated here.
综上所述,本公开至少一实施例提出一种多层次成像系统,通过设置能够发出至少两路光线的AR-HUD,从而能够在与眼盒区域距离不等的位置分别展示不同的图像,形成多个所述图像中的任一图像的光线能够进入眼盒区域,达到了多层次成像的目的,AR-HUD发出的至少两路光线中各路光线所呈现的图像能够在真实环境中与眼盒区域距离不等的位置上的场景分别进行融合,尽可能避免图像在和真实环境中的场景融合时产生的偏差,使观察者看到融合到一起的图像和场景,提高AR-HUD的使用体验。In summary, at least one embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a multi-level imaging system. By setting an AR-HUD that can emit at least two rays of light, different images can be displayed at positions that are not equal to the eye box area. The light that forms any one of the multiple images can enter the eye box area, achieving the purpose of multi-level imaging. The image presented by each of the at least two rays of light emitted by the AR-HUD can be compared with the real environment. The scenes at different distances from the eye box area are fused separately to avoid the deviation caused by the image fusion with the scene in the real environment as much as possible, so that the observer can see the merged image and scene, and improve the AR-HUD Use experience.
本申请的发明人发现,基于自由曲面反射镜的传统HUD的视场角(FOV,Field of View)较小,导致HUD画像的显示尺寸很小,无法显示更加丰富的内容,降低了HUD的使用体验。The inventor of the present application found that the field of view (FOV, Field of View) of the traditional HUD based on free-form surface mirrors is small, resulting in a small display size of the HUD image, unable to display richer content, and reducing the use of HUD Experience.
在本公开至少一实施例的多层次成像系统中,该抬头显示器还包括第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度,所述第二子抬头显示器的竖直方向视场角不小于5度。例如,该第二子抬头显示器为全车窗抬头显示器或者大视角抬头显示器。In the multi-level imaging system of at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the head-up display further includes a second sub-head-up display, the horizontal field of view of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees, and the second sub-head-up display The vertical field of view angle is not less than 5 degrees. For example, the second sub head-up display is a full-window head-up display or a large-view head-up display.
例如,通过上述设置,可以提高成像面积,例如,可以使得该第二子抬头显示器发出的光线呈现出的图像能够覆盖挡风玻璃的可视区域。For example, through the above arrangement, the imaging area can be increased. For example, the image presented by the light emitted by the second head-up display can cover the visible area of the windshield.
例如,所述电子控制单元配置为:根据所述驾驶信息控制所述第二子抬头显示器发出光线照射到所述成像窗,从而使得所述第二子抬头显示器发出的光线呈现出的图像在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积大于所述多个图像中其余图像中的每个在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积。For example, the electronic control unit is configured to: control the second head-up display to emit light to irradiate the imaging window according to the driving information, so that the image presented by the light from the second head-up display is in all directions. The area of the imaging area at the imaging window is larger than the area of the imaging area at the imaging window of each of the remaining images in the plurality of images.
例如,所述光线控制装置包括:光线会聚单元和弥散元件;所述光线会聚单元用于将所述入射到所述光线控制装置的光线沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;所述弥散元件将入射的光线扩散并形成用于形成光斑的光束。For example, the light control device includes: a light converging unit and a dispersion element; the light converging unit is used to reflect the light incident on the light control device to the diffuser in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light. Element; The dispersive element diffuses the incident light and forms a beam used to form a spot.
例如,弥散元件配置为扩散经过该弥散元件的光束但不改变该光束的光轴。For example, the dispersive element is configured to diffuse the light beam passing through the dispersive element without changing the optical axis of the light beam.
例如,所述光线会聚单元,包括:倒三角锥微结构、支撑结构和基板层;倒三角锥微结构和所述支撑结构设置在所述基板层上,且所述倒三角锥微结构位于所述支撑结构远离所述基板层的一侧;所述倒三角锥微结构的折射率大于所述支撑结构的折射率;所述倒三角锥微结构配置为将所述入射光线中入射角大于临界角的光线以全反射的方式沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件。For example, the light converging unit includes: an inverted triangular pyramid microstructure, a supporting structure, and a substrate layer; the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure and the supporting structure are disposed on the substrate layer, and the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is located at the substrate layer. The support structure is far away from the substrate layer; the refractive index of the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is greater than the refractive index of the support structure; the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is configured to make the incident angle of the incident light greater than the critical The angled light is reflected to the dispersion element in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light in a way of total reflection.
例如,所述光线会聚单元,包括:在光线的入射方向上依次设置的光线会聚层、For example, the light converging unit includes: light converging layers sequentially arranged in the incident direction of the light,
隔离层、平面反射层、以及衬底;所述平面反射层位于所述光线会聚层的焦平面上;所述光线会聚层和所述平面反射层分别采用不同的超材料制成;所述光线会聚层,用于通过改变入射的光线的相位,将入射的光线会聚到所述平面反射层上,并用于 将所述平面反射层反射回的光线沿光线入射所述光线会聚层的方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;所述平面反射层,用于改变所述光线会聚层会聚的光线的相位,并将相位改变后的光线反射至所述光线会聚层。An isolation layer, a plane reflective layer, and a substrate; the plane reflective layer is located on the focal plane of the light condensing layer; the light condensing layer and the plane reflective layer are made of different metamaterials; the light The converging layer is used to converge the incident light onto the plane reflective layer by changing the phase of the incident light, and is used to reflect the light back from the plane reflective layer along the direction opposite to the direction in which the light enters the light converging layer The direction is reflected to the dispersion element; the plane reflection layer is used to change the phase of the light condensed by the light converging layer, and reflect the light after the phase change to the light converging layer.
例如,对于同一外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置为根据所述驾驶信息,控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第一信息,并且控制所述第二子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第二信息,所述第一信息和所述第二信息包括的内容至少部分不同。For example, for the same external target, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub-head-up display to display the first information of the external target according to the driving information, and control the second sub-head-up display to display the first information of the external target. For the second information of the external target, the content included in the first information and the second information is at least partially different.
例如,对于多个外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示满足第一选取条件的第一外界目标,并且控制第二子抬头显示器显示满足第二选取条件的第二外界目标,所述第一条件和所述第二条件不同,所述第一外界目标和所述第二外界目标不同。For example, for multiple external targets, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub-head-up display to display the first external target that meets the first selection condition, and control the second sub-head-up display to display the first external target that meets the second selection condition. Two external targets, the first condition and the second condition are different, and the first external target and the second external target are different.
本公开至少一实施例提出一种多层次成像系统,设置有第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器的排布方式与所述挡风玻璃的可视区域相匹配,使得所述第二子抬头显示器发出的光线呈现出的图像能够覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域,由于第二子抬头显示器中多个光源的排布方式与所述挡风玻璃的可视区域相匹配,使得第二子抬头显示器发出的光线能够展示一个覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域的图像,达到了能够在挡风玻璃的可视区域内的任何位置显示图像的目的,从而可以通过第二子抬头显示器显示更加丰富的内容,提高了HUD的使用体验。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure provides a multi-level imaging system, which is provided with a second sub-head-up display, and the arrangement of the second sub-head-up display matches the visible area of the windshield, so that the first The image presented by the light emitted by the second head-up display can cover the visible area of the windshield. Since the arrangement of multiple light sources in the second head-up display matches the visible area of the windshield, The light emitted by the second sub-head-up display can display an image covering the visible area of the windshield, achieving the purpose of displaying the image at any position within the visible area of the windshield, so that the second sub-head-up display can display an image that covers the visible area of the windshield. The sub-head-up display displays richer content, which improves the HUD experience.
参见图17A和图17B所示的第二子抬头显示器显示图像的示意图,所述覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域的图像,可以是指全部覆盖挡风玻璃中全部可视区域的图像,或者也可以是部分覆盖挡风玻璃中全部可视区域的图像。Referring to the schematic diagram of the second sub-head-up display shown in FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B, the image covering the visible area of the windshield may refer to the image covering all the visible area of the windshield. Or it can be an image that partially covers the entire visible area in the windshield.
在本公开至少一实施例中,所述图像,是虚像,呈现在挡风玻璃远离观察者的一侧。In at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the image is a virtual image and is presented on the side of the windshield away from the observer.
术语“覆盖”是指:观察者能够通过眼盒区域在挡风玻璃位置处看到与挡风玻璃的可视区域等大或者比可视区域略小的图像;从观察者的角度出发感觉图像是在挡风玻璃上呈现出来的,并不是指图像真正呈现在挡风玻璃上。The term "covering" means that the observer can see an image that is as large as the visible area of the windshield or slightly smaller than the visible area of the windshield at the position of the windshield through the eye box area; feel the image from the observer's perspective It is presented on the windshield, and it does not mean that the image is actually presented on the windshield.
所述挡风玻璃,可以采用任何形状的车辆挡风玻璃进行第二子抬头显示器图像的展示,这里不再赘述。The windshield may adopt any shape of the vehicle windshield to display the image of the second sub-head-up display, which will not be repeated here.
所述ECU,不仅包含车辆车速、马达、油耗、换挡效率等车辆状态的控制装置,还可以包括娱乐交互系统及车联网系统等车载系统。The ECU includes not only vehicle state control devices such as vehicle speed, motor, fuel consumption, and gear shift efficiency, but also vehicle-mounted systems such as entertainment interactive systems and car networking systems.
本公开至少一实施例提出的一种多层次成像系统,用于交通工具,包括:成像窗、安装在所述车辆上的电子控制单元ECU、数据采集设备、以及全车窗HUD。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a multi-level imaging system for vehicles, including: an imaging window, an electronic control unit ECU installed on the vehicle, a data acquisition device, and a full-window HUD.
例如,该成像窗可以为该多层次成像系统所应用的交通工具的挡风玻璃;在另一些示例中,该成像窗或者也可以额外设置,例如设置于挡风玻璃前。For example, the imaging window may be a windshield of a vehicle to which the multi-level imaging system is applied; in other examples, the imaging window may also be additionally provided, for example, arranged in front of the windshield.
所述ECU分别与所述数据采集设备和所述全车窗HUD通信连接。The ECU is respectively connected to the data acquisition device and the full-window HUD in communication.
例如,ECU的一端与数据采集设备通信连接,ECU的另一端与第二子抬头显示器通信连接。For example, one end of the ECU is communicatively connected to the data acquisition device, and the other end of the ECU is communicatively connected to the second sub head-up display.
所述数据采集设备,用于获取所述车辆周围的环境信息,并将获取到的所述环境信息发送给所述ECU。The data collection device is used to obtain environmental information around the vehicle and send the obtained environmental information to the ECU.
所述数据采集设备,包括但不限于:安装在车辆上的传感器、导航设备和无线通信设备;所述传感器、导航设备和所述无线通信设备分别与所述ECU连接。The data collection equipment includes, but is not limited to: sensors, navigation equipment, and wireless communication equipment installed on a vehicle; the sensors, navigation equipment, and wireless communication equipment are respectively connected to the ECU.
所述传感器,包括但不限于:图像传感器以及测距传感器中的一种或多种。The sensors include, but are not limited to: one or more of image sensors and distance measuring sensors.
例如,所述图像传感器,安装在车辆的四周,用于采集车辆的周围环境图像,测距传感器用于在测量车辆与周围物体的距离;从而可以将测量到的车辆与周围物体的距离和车辆的周围环境图像一起发生给ECU。For example, the image sensor is installed around the vehicle to collect images of the surrounding environment of the vehicle, and the distance measuring sensor is used to measure the distance between the vehicle and the surrounding objects; thus, the measured distance between the vehicle and the surrounding objects can be compared with the vehicle. The surrounding environment images are sent to the ECU together.
例如,所述ECU中,存储有各测距传感器分别与眼盒区域的距离,可以通过测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系的方式存储,以确定多层次成像系统的眼盒区域与车辆周围物体的距离For example, in the ECU, the distance between each distance measuring sensor and the eye box area is stored, and the distance between the sensor identification of the distance measuring sensor and the distance can be stored to determine the eye box area of the multi-level imaging system and the vehicle. The distance of surrounding objects
各测距传感器分别与眼盒区域的距离,是各测距传感器安装到车辆后,通过工作人员测量得到并存储到车辆的ECU中。The distance between each ranging sensor and the eye box area is measured by the staff after each ranging sensor is installed in the vehicle and stored in the ECU of the vehicle.
所述无线通信设备,用于使ECU接入互联网,获取车辆所处区域的天气信息和路况信息。The wireless communication device is used to enable the ECU to access the Internet to obtain weather information and road condition information of the area where the vehicle is located.
所述导航设备,用于对所述车辆的行驶路径进行规划,得到车辆的导航信息,指示车辆按照导航信息行驶,并将得到的导航信息发送给ECU。The navigation device is used to plan the driving path of the vehicle, obtain navigation information of the vehicle, instruct the vehicle to drive according to the navigation information, and send the obtained navigation information to the ECU.
所述ECU,用于获取车辆的行驶信息,并将所述车辆的行驶信息和所述传感器发送的环境信息,发送到全车窗HUD进行展示。The ECU is used to obtain the driving information of the vehicle, and send the driving information of the vehicle and the environmental information sent by the sensor to the full-window HUD for display.
所述车辆的行驶信息,包括但不限于:车辆的车速信息、所述车辆的位置信息、所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息。The driving information of the vehicle includes, but is not limited to: speed information of the vehicle, position information of the vehicle, operation information of the vehicle, driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information.
所述车辆状态信息,包括但不限于:发动机状态信息、变速箱状态信息、以及车辆当前的电量和/或者油量。The vehicle status information includes, but is not limited to: engine status information, gearbox status information, and the current power and/or fuel volume of the vehicle.
所述车辆的操作信息,包括但不限于:车辆的变速箱换挡操作、加/减速操作、以及转向操作。The operation information of the vehicle includes, but is not limited to, the gearbox shift operation, acceleration/deceleration operation, and steering operation of the vehicle.
所述车辆的车速信息、所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,是ECU从车载自动诊断系统(On-Board Diagnostics,OBD)中获取到的。The speed information of the vehicle, the operation information of the vehicle, the driving speed, acceleration, and the vehicle state information are obtained by the ECU from an on-board automatic diagnostic system (On-Board Diagnostics, OBD).
所述车辆周围的环境信息,包括但不限于:所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息、所述车辆所在道路的天气信息、所述车辆所在道路的状况信息、以及导航信息。The environmental information around the vehicle includes, but is not limited to: distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles, weather information of the road where the vehicle is located, information about the conditions of the road where the vehicle is located, and navigation information.
所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息,是通过上述测距传感器得到的。The distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles is obtained by the above-mentioned distance measuring sensor.
所述周围车辆,包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、以及位于所述车辆两侧的侧方车辆。The surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, and side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle.
所述车辆所在道路的天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,是ECU接入 互联网后获取到的。The weather information of the road where the vehicle is located and the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located are obtained by the ECU after accessing the Internet.
所述导航信息,是车辆的导航设备发送给ECU的。The navigation information is sent to the ECU by the navigation device of the vehicle.
所述全车窗HUD,用于将所述ECU发送的所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息展示出来。The full-window HUD is used to display the environmental information sent by the ECU and the driving information of the vehicle.
所述全车窗HUD的排布方式与所述挡风玻璃的可视区域相匹配,使得所述全车窗HUD发出的光线呈现出的图像能够覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域;其中,所述图像,包括:所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息。The arrangement of the full-window HUD matches the visible area of the windshield, so that the image presented by the light emitted by the full-window HUD can cover the visible area of the windshield; wherein , The image includes: the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle.
所述挡风玻璃,用于将所述全车窗HUD发出的光线反射到眼盒区域中。The windshield is used to reflect the light emitted by the full-window HUD into the eye box area.
例如,参见图18所示的第二子抬头显示器的结构示意图,所述第二子抬头显示器,包括:投影设备102和光线控制装置100,以在所述挡风玻璃的可视区域上显示一个能够覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域的图像。For example, referring to the schematic structural diagram of the second sub-head-up display shown in FIG. 18, the second sub-head-up display includes: a projection device 102 and a light control device 100 to display one on the visible area of the windshield The image of the visible area of the windshield can be covered.
所述投影设备102安装在车辆内;所述光线控制装置100设置在所述车辆的中控台与挡风玻璃相对的表面上。The projection device 102 is installed in the vehicle; the light control device 100 is installed on the surface of the center console of the vehicle opposite to the windshield.
例如,所述投影设备102可以安装在观察者的上方。For example, the projection device 102 may be installed above the observer.
所述投影设备,用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线。The projection equipment is used to emit light that can be incident on the light control device.
所述光线控制装置100,用于改变所述投影设备102发出光线的出射方向,使得所述光线在经过所述挡风玻璃104反射后入射到眼盒区域中。The light control device 100 is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection device 102 so that the light enters the eye box area after being reflected by the windshield 104.
例如,所述光线控制装置100,对光线起对向反射作用,用于将入射的光线沿入射方向的相反方向反射出去。For example, the light control device 100 has a counter-reflection effect on light, and is used to reflect the incident light in a direction opposite to the incident direction.
所述光线控制装置的大小和形状与所述挡风玻璃104的可视区域相匹配;使得所述投影设备发出的光线经过光线控制装置反射到挡风玻璃104后,能够呈现出覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域的图像。The size and shape of the light control device match the visible area of the windshield 104; so that the light emitted by the projection device is reflected to the windshield 104 by the light control device, so that it can appear to cover the windshield 104 Image of the visible area of the windshield.
参见图19所示的光线控制装置的结构示意图,所述光线控制装置,包括:光线会聚单元1000和衍射光学元件1002;所述衍射光学元件1002设置在所述光线会聚单元1000上。Referring to the structural schematic diagram of the light control device shown in FIG. 19, the light control device includes: a light converging unit 1000 and a diffractive optical element 1002; the diffractive optical element 1002 is disposed on the light converging unit 1000.
例如,当有光线入射时,所述光线会聚单元1000将所述光线沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述衍射光学元件1002,从而改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,使得所述投影设备102发出的光线能够进入所述眼盒区域。For example, when light is incident, the light converging unit 1000 reflects the light to the diffractive optical element 1002 in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light, thereby changing the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection device, so that The light emitted by the projection device 102 can enter the eye box area.
所述衍射光学元件1002将入射的光线扩散并形成光斑。The diffractive optical element 1002 diffuses the incident light and forms a light spot.
所述衍射光学元件1002,用于控制光线的扩散程度,光线弥散后的传播角度和光斑尺寸决定了最终成像的亮度及可视角,所述衍射光学元件1002的弥散角度越小,成像亮度越高,可视角也越小;所述衍射光学元件1002的弥散角度越大,成像亮度越小,可视角也越大。所述衍射光学元件1002可以将经过光线会聚单元1000控制后所会聚的光线以一定角度进行弥散,从而覆盖所需要的眼盒区域。The diffractive optical element 1002 is used to control the degree of light diffusion. The spread angle and spot size of the light after dispersion determine the brightness and viewing angle of the final imaging. The smaller the diffusion angle of the diffractive optical element 1002, the higher the imaging brightness. , The viewing angle is also smaller; the greater the dispersion angle of the diffractive optical element 1002, the smaller the imaging brightness, and the larger the viewing angle. The diffractive optical element 1002 can disperse the condensed light after being controlled by the light converging unit 1000 at a certain angle, so as to cover the required eye box area.
所述眼盒区域,是指观察者可以观察到光斑所呈现图像的区域。The eye box area refers to the area where the observer can observe the image presented by the light spot.
光线经过衍射光学元件之后,会弥散开来并且形成一个不同形状的光斑1061,该不同形状的光斑1061的大小和形状由衍射光学元件的微观结构所决定。衍射光学元件采用可以形成多种光斑1061形状的光束整形器。该光斑1061的多种形状,可以是但不限于:线形、圆形、椭圆形、正方形、长方形、以及蝙蝠翼形状。After the light passes through the diffractive optical element, it will diffuse and form a light spot 1061 of different shape. The size and shape of the light spot 1061 of different shape are determined by the microstructure of the diffractive optical element. The diffractive optical element adopts a beam shaper that can form a variety of light spot 1061 shapes. Various shapes of the light spot 1061 can be, but are not limited to: linear, circular, elliptical, square, rectangular, and batwing shapes.
光线会聚单元1000用于对入射的光线进行对向反射,将入射的光线沿光线入射方向的相反方向射出,避免入射的光线发散到各处。光线会聚单元1000中的术语“会聚”,是指将入射的光线沿光线入射方向的相反方向射出,实质上是对向反射的含义。The light converging unit 1000 is used to reflect the incident light in opposite directions, and emit the incident light in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light, so as to prevent the incident light from diverging everywhere. The term "convergence" in the light converging unit 1000 refers to emitting the incident light in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light, which essentially means counter-reflection.
例如,上述光线会聚单元1000,可以采用如下多种方式实现,以对光线进行会聚,For example, the above-mentioned light converging unit 1000 can be implemented in the following multiple ways to converge light,
光线会聚单元1000的表面可以是由倒三角锥微结构组成,优选可以为正三角形三角锥微结构或等腰三角形三角锥微结构;或者也可以由如图20A所示的立方体微结构组成,这些微结构都可以将入射的光线沿光线入射方向的相反方向射出。The surface of the light converging unit 1000 may be composed of inverted triangular pyramid microstructures, preferably equilateral triangular triangular pyramid microstructures or isosceles triangular triangular pyramid microstructures; or may also be composed of cubic microstructures as shown in FIG. 20A. The microstructures can emit the incident light in the opposite direction of the incident direction of the light.
参见图20B所示的光线会聚单元的第二种实现方式的结构示意图,光线会聚单元,包括:倒三角锥微结构400、支撑结构402和基板层404,倒三角锥微结构400设置在所述支撑结构402上;所述支撑结构402设置在所述基板层404上;所述倒三角锥微结构400的折射率需要满足大于所述支撑结构3802的折射率。所述倒三角锥微结构400将入射光线中入射角大于临界角的光线以全反射的方式沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件。Referring to the structural schematic diagram of the second implementation of the light converging unit shown in FIG. 20B, the light converging unit includes: an inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400, a supporting structure 402, and a substrate layer 404. The inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400 is disposed on the On the supporting structure 402; the supporting structure 402 is arranged on the substrate layer 404; the refractive index of the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400 needs to be greater than the refractive index of the supporting structure 3802. The inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400 reflects the incident light rays whose incident angle is greater than the critical angle to the dispersion element in a manner of total reflection in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light rays.
所述支撑结构402,可以采用正三角锥微结构,使所述支撑结构402能够与所述倒三角锥微结构400紧密贴合。The supporting structure 402 may adopt a regular triangular pyramid microstructure, so that the supporting structure 402 can be closely attached to the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400.
例如,所述支撑结构402足够支撑倒三角锥微结构400时,可以不设置基板层404。For example, when the supporting structure 402 is sufficient to support the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure 400, the substrate layer 404 may not be provided.
参见图20C所示的光线会聚单元的第三种实现方式的结构示意图,光线会聚单元1000可以采用对向反射颗粒将入射的光线沿光线入射方向的相反方向射出。光线会聚单元1000,可以是透明的球状颗粒和椭球状颗粒,可以采用玻璃珠、透明树脂、高分子聚合物或其他与玻璃性质类似的材料制成的颗粒,可以使用暴露型颗粒、密封型颗粒、以及埋入型颗粒。Referring to the schematic structural diagram of the third implementation of the light converging unit shown in FIG. 20C, the light converging unit 1000 may use counter-reflective particles to emit the incident light in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light. The light condensing unit 1000 can be transparent spherical particles or ellipsoidal particles. It can be made of glass beads, transparent resin, polymer or other materials similar to glass. It can use exposed particles and sealed particles. , And embedded particles.
例如,对向反射颗粒表面可以涂覆有金属反射层;所述金属反射层可以涂覆在对向反射颗粒O点(即反射点)附近的表面上。如图20C所示,光线会聚单元主要利用了球状的对向反射颗粒表面的金属反射层。当光线射向球状的对向反射颗粒时,在球状的对向反射颗粒表面P点发生折射,折射光在O点发生镜面反射,然后在Q点再发生折射,从而沿光线入射方向的相反方向射出对向反射颗粒。For example, the surface of the counter-reflection particles may be coated with a metal reflection layer; the metal reflection layer may be coated on the surface near the point O (ie, the reflection point) of the counter-reflection particles. As shown in FIG. 20C, the light converging unit mainly uses the metal reflective layer on the surface of the spherical counter-reflective particles. When the light hits the spherical counter-reflective particle, it is refracted at point P on the surface of the spherical counter-reflection particle. The refracted light is specularly reflected at point O, and then refracted at point Q, which is in the opposite direction of the incident direction of the light. Shoot out counter-reflective particles.
例如,还可以通过超材料对光线进行相位调制,在超材料结构中经过多次相位累计改变,使得入射光线和出射光线之前的相位累计改变π,从而起到对向反射的 作用。For example, light can also be phase modulated by metamaterials. After multiple phase cumulative changes in the metamaterial structure, the cumulative phase of incident light and outgoing light changes by π, thereby playing the role of counter-reflection.
参见图20D所示的光线会聚单元的第四种实现方式的结构示意图,光线会聚单元1000可以由超材料制成,包括:在光线入射方向上依次设置的光线会聚层500、隔离层501、平面反射层502、以及衬底503,平面反射层502位于光线会聚层500的焦平面上。Referring to the schematic structural diagram of the fourth implementation of the light converging unit shown in FIG. 20D, the light converging unit 1000 may be made of metamaterials, and includes: a light converging layer 500, an isolation layer 501, and a plane arranged in sequence in the light incident direction The reflective layer 502 and the substrate 503. The planar reflective layer 502 is located on the focal plane of the light converging layer 500.
光线会聚层500和平面反射层502分别采用不同的超材料制成。The light condensing layer 500 and the planar reflective layer 502 are made of different metamaterials, respectively.
所述光线会聚层,通过改变入射的光线的相位,将入射的光线会聚到所述平面反射层上,并将所述平面反射层反射回的光线沿光线入射所述光线会聚层的方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;The light condensing layer, by changing the phase of the incident light, condenses the incident light onto the plane reflective layer, and reflects the light back from the plane reflective layer in the opposite direction of the light incident on the light condensing layer Direction reflection to the dispersive element;
所述平面反射层,能够改变所述光线会聚层会聚的光线的相位,并将相位改变后的光线反射至所述光线会聚层。The plane reflection layer can change the phase of the light condensed by the light converging layer, and reflect the light whose phase is changed to the light converging layer.
所述不同的超材料,是指具有不同尺寸、成份、形状、或者排布方式的材料。The different metamaterials refer to materials with different sizes, compositions, shapes, or arrangements.
光线在超材料制成的光线会聚单元1000的各部分:光线会聚层400、第二隔离层401、平面反射层402、以及衬底404的共同作用下相位累计改变π,超材料制成的光线会聚单元1000对所述光线起到对向反射作用,使得光线能够沿光线的入射方向的相反方向反射出来。The light rays in each part of the light converging unit 1000 made of metamaterials: the light condensing layer 400, the second isolation layer 401, the planar reflective layer 402, and the substrate 404, the phase cumulatively changes by π, the light made of metamaterials The converging unit 1000 has a counter-reflection effect on the light, so that the light can be reflected in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light.
由于挡风玻璃并不是平面的,具有一定的弧度,直接借助挡风玻璃成像会存在桶形畸变或者枕形畸变。本公开至少一实施例中,光线会聚单元1000可以按照第一畸变形态排布,该第一畸变形态与挡风玻璃的第二畸变形态呈相反且对应的关系。Since the windshield is not flat and has a certain curvature, there will be barrel distortion or pincushion distortion when imaging directly with the windshield. In at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the light converging unit 1000 may be arranged according to a first distortion form, and the first distortion form is in an opposite and corresponding relationship with the second distortion form of the windshield.
例如参见图21和图22所示,采用矩形方式排列的光线控制装置100在挡风玻璃104上成像时,采用矩形方式排列的光线控制装置100可以在挡风玻璃104上成一个虚像,但是由于挡风玻璃具有第二畸变形态,故该虚像是畸变的像,图21中挡风玻璃104上的网格图形表示枕形畸变的虚像。本公开至少一实施例中,根据挡风玻璃104的第二畸变形态来确定与其呈对应且相反关系的第一畸变形态,并按照第一畸变形态排布光线控制装置100,以消除挡风玻璃带来的畸变。例如参见图22所示,本公开至少一实施例中的光线控制装置100按照第一畸变形态来排布,从而在挡风玻璃104上可以形成不存在畸变的虚像,图22中挡风玻璃104上的网格图形表示不存在畸变的虚像。For example, referring to Figures 21 and 22, when the light control device 100 arranged in a rectangular manner is used for imaging on the windshield 104, the light control device 100 arranged in a rectangular manner can form a virtual image on the windshield 104, but due to The windshield has a second distortion form, so the virtual image is a distorted image. The grid pattern on the windshield 104 in FIG. 21 represents a pincushion distortion virtual image. In at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the first distortion shape corresponding and opposite to the second distortion shape of the windshield 104 is determined, and the light control device 100 is arranged according to the first distortion shape to eliminate the windshield The distortion caused. For example, referring to FIG. 22, the light control device 100 in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure is arranged according to the first distortion form, so that a virtual image without distortion can be formed on the windshield 104. The windshield 104 in FIG. 22 The grid pattern on the top represents a virtual image without distortion.
通过以上内容可以看出,通过对光线控制装置100按照不同排列方式进行排列,可以消除因有弧度的挡风玻璃造成的成像畸变,使得HUD在挡风玻璃上的成像更加规则。From the above content, it can be seen that by arranging the light control device 100 according to different arrangements, the imaging distortion caused by the curved windshield can be eliminated, so that the HUD imaging on the windshield is more regular.
在通过以上内容对第二子抬头显示器的结构进行描述之后,为了达到多层次成像的目的,本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统,还可以包括:增强现实抬头显示器(Augmented Reality Head Up Display,AR-HUD)。AR-HUD是HUD中 的一种,可以实现很好的视觉体验。After describing the structure of the second sub head-up display based on the above content, in order to achieve the purpose of multi-level imaging, the multi-level imaging system proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure may also include: Augmented Reality Head Up Display (Augmented Reality Head Up Display). Display, AR-HUD). AR-HUD is a kind of HUD, which can achieve a good visual experience.
例如,增强现实抬头显示器至少基于增强现实原理进行显示,例如,该增强现实抬头显示器还可以基于混合增强现实(Mixed Reality,MR)。For example, the augmented reality head-up display is based on at least the principle of augmented reality for display. For example, the augmented reality head-up display may also be based on mixed augmented reality (MR).
例如,AR-HUD中像源出射的光线在曲面镜上发生反射,反射光线出射至眼盒区域,使得观察者可在眼盒区域观察到形成于挡风玻璃外的图像。光线在挡风玻璃上发生反射的现象,可近似认为是平面镜成像。根据AR-HUD的结构及光学原理,像源发出的光线在曲面镜上发生反射,随后出射至挡风玻璃,即可认为,在曲面镜远离像源的一侧形成有发出光线的等效像源,根据平面镜成像规律,AR-HUD形成的图像与成像的等效像源之间关于反射介质对称。For example, the light emitted by the image source in the AR-HUD is reflected on the curved mirror, and the reflected light is emitted to the eye box area, so that the observer can observe the image formed outside the windshield in the eye box area. The phenomenon of light reflection on the windshield can be approximated as a flat mirror imaging. According to the structure and optical principle of AR-HUD, the light emitted by the image source is reflected on the curved mirror and then emitted to the windshield. It can be considered that an equivalent image of the emitted light is formed on the side of the curved mirror away from the image source. According to the law of plane mirror imaging, the image formed by AR-HUD and the equivalent imaging source are symmetrical about the reflective medium.
所述等效像源,为像源发出的光线在曲面镜上反射后,在曲面镜远离像源的一侧形成的图像。The equivalent image source is an image formed on the side of the curved mirror away from the image source after the light emitted by the image source is reflected on the curved mirror.
因此,要形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像,就要增加AR-HUD中等效像源的数量,使得AR-HUD中存在位置不同的至少两个等效像源。Therefore, to form multiple images with different distances from the eye box area, the number of equivalent image sources in the AR-HUD must be increased, so that there are at least two equivalent image sources with different positions in the AR-HUD.
而所述等效像源的位置由曲面镜的成像特性决定,根据以下公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律:The position of the equivalent image source is determined by the imaging characteristics of the curved mirror, and the imaging law of the curved mirror is given by the following formula 1:
1/u+1/v=1/f      (1)1/u+1/v=1/f (1)
其中,f表示曲面镜的焦距;u表示像源与曲面镜之间的距离,即像源在曲面镜成像的物距;v表示像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离,即像源在曲面镜成像的像距。通过公式(1)可以看出,所述等效像源的位置,即像源在曲面镜所成图像的位置,与像源在曲面镜成像的像距直接相关,像源在曲面镜成像的像距越大,说明该像源的等效像源的位置与曲面镜的距离越远。Among them, f represents the focal length of the curved mirror; u represents the distance between the image source and the curved mirror, that is, the object distance of the image source on the curved mirror; v represents the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror , That is, the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror. It can be seen from formula (1) that the position of the equivalent image source, that is, the position of the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror, is directly related to the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror. The larger the image distance, the farther the position of the equivalent image source of the image source is from the curved mirror.
例如,参见图23所示本公开的至少一实施例提供的AR-HUD,可以将像源放置在曲面镜的焦平面或者趋近于曲面镜焦平面的位置,以增加像源的像距,For example, referring to the AR-HUD provided by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 23, the image source can be placed on the focal plane of the curved mirror or close to the focal plane of the curved mirror to increase the image distance of the image source.
因此,所述等效像源的位置,与以下两个参数有关:曲面镜的焦距以及像源在曲面镜成像的像距(即像源与曲面镜之间的距离)。Therefore, the position of the equivalent image source is related to the following two parameters: the focal length of the curved mirror and the image distance of the image source on the curved mirror (that is, the distance between the image source and the curved mirror).
例如,在AR-HUD中,曲面镜的焦距是预先设计好的,很难做出改变。所以,要形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像,就需要增加像源到曲面镜发出的光线数量,使得像源向曲面镜发出至少两路光线,该至少两路光线中的各路光线在入射到曲面镜后,能够分别形成位置不同的等效像源。For example, in AR-HUD, the focal length of the curved mirror is pre-designed and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, to form multiple images with unequal distances from the eye box area, it is necessary to increase the amount of light emitted from the image source to the curved mirror, so that the image source emits at least two rays of light to the curved mirror. After each path of light enters the curved mirror, it can form equivalent image sources with different positions.
例如,AR-HUD中存在位置不同的等效像源后,根据图23所示的成像原理,该位置不同的等效像源中的各等效像源就可以分别在挡风玻璃远离眼盒区域的一侧形成与眼盒区域距离不同的图像,与眼盒区域距离不同的图像能够在视觉上与真实环境中与眼盒区域距离不等的位置上的场景分别进行融合。For example, after there are equivalent image sources with different positions in the AR-HUD, according to the imaging principle shown in Figure 23, the equivalent image sources of the equivalent image sources with different positions can be separated on the windshield away from the eye box. One side of the area forms an image with a different distance from the eye box area, and the images with a different distance from the eye box area can be visually merged with scenes at different distances from the eye box area in the real environment.
在本公开至少一实施例中,术语“视觉上图像与真实环境(真实环境中的场景)融合”,是指观察者的双眼在眼盒区域看到的AR-HUD呈现的图像与真实环境(真 实环境中的场景)是完全贴合/重合到一起的。In at least one embodiment of the present disclosure, the term "visually fused with the real environment (scene in the real environment)" refers to the image presented by the AR-HUD and the real environment ( The scene in the real environment) is completely fit/coincident together.
基于此,参见图24所示的眼盒区域能够看到的AR-HUD所呈现的多个图像的示意图,本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次成像系统,还包括:与所述ECU通信连接的AR-HUD。Based on this, referring to the schematic diagram of multiple images presented by the AR-HUD that can be seen in the eye box area shown in FIG. 24, the multi-level imaging system proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure further includes: a communication connection with the ECU AR-HUD.
例如,所述ECU,用于当对所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息处理后确定出车辆周围存在需要标识的目标时,将标识所述目标的图像发送到AR-HUD。For example, the ECU is configured to send an image identifying the target to the AR-HUD when it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle after processing the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle.
例如,所述AR-HUD,用于发出至少两路光线到所述挡风玻璃,所述至少两路光线中的各路光线,能够分别展示与眼盒区域距离不等的多个图像;其中,所述多个图像中的各图像能够与距离匹配的目标融合。For example, the AR-HUD is used to emit at least two rays of light to the windshield, and each of the at least two rays of light can respectively display multiple images with different distances from the eye box area; wherein , Each of the multiple images can be fused with a target whose distance matches.
例如,参见图25A所示的本公开至少一实施例提出的第一种AR-HUD的结构示意图,所述AR-HUD,包括:曲面镜902和至少两个像源900。For example, referring to the schematic structural diagram of the first AR-HUD proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 25A, the AR-HUD includes a curved mirror 902 and at least two image sources 900.
例如,至少两个像源900能够分别发出至少两路光线;所述至少两路光线中的各路光线分别由所述至少两个像源900中的不同像源发出,所述各路光线在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同。For example, at least two image sources 900 can respectively emit at least two rays; each of the at least two rays of light is emitted by a different image source of the at least two image sources 900, and each of the rays is The length of the propagation path between the image source emitting each light beam and the curved mirror is different.
所述曲面镜将入射的至少两路光线反射出所述AR-HUD,使得反射出AR-HUD的至少两路光线中的各路光线能够根据各路光线自身的传播路径长度,形成与眼盒区域距离不等的图像。The curved mirror reflects at least two incident rays of light out of the AR-HUD, so that each of the at least two rays of light reflected out of the AR-HUD can form an eye box according to the length of the propagation path of each light. Images with unequal area distances.
所述曲面镜902,可以是但不限于:球面镜、双曲面镜、抛物面镜、以及自由曲面镜。The curved mirror 902 can be, but is not limited to: a spherical mirror, a hyperbolic mirror, a parabolic mirror, and a free-form surface mirror.
所述像源900,能够发出呈现图像的光线。The image source 900 can emit light for presenting an image.
例如,至少两个像源900中各像源发出的光线,在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同,说明各像源在曲面镜成像的物距不同,而曲面镜的焦距是不变的,根据上述公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律,这使各像源在曲面镜成像的像距不同,即各像源的等效像源与曲面镜的距离不同;所以,各像源发出的光线能够形成与所述眼盒区域距离不等的图像。For example, the light emitted by each image source in at least two image sources 900 has different propagation path lengths between the image source emitting each light and the curved mirror, indicating that the object distances of each image source in the curved mirror are different. , And the focal length of the curved mirror is constant. According to the imaging law of the curved mirror given in the above formula 1, the image distance of each image source on the curved mirror is different, that is, the equivalent image source of each image source and the curved mirror The distances are different; therefore, the light emitted by each image source can form images with unequal distances from the eye box area.
例如,所述图像,是与真实环境中需要融合的场景距离匹配的图像。For example, the image is an image that matches the distance of the scene that needs to be fused in the real environment.
例如,所述场景,可以是但不限于:车辆周围出现的机动车、非机动车、行人、动物、变道区域、车辆所在道路前方存在检修路段、车辆所在道路前方存在损坏路段、车辆所在道路前方设置有障碍、以及车辆所在道路前方存在交通事故路段。For example, the scene may be, but is not limited to: motor vehicles, non-motor vehicles, pedestrians, animals, lane change areas, and repair sections in front of the road where the vehicle is located, damaged sections in front of the road where the vehicle is located, and the road where the vehicle is located. There are obstacles ahead, and there is a traffic accident section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,所以,为了达到多层次成像的目的,ECU中还存储有AR-HUD中各像源的像源标识和像距的对应关系。For example, in order to achieve the purpose of multi-level imaging, the ECU also stores the corresponding relationship between the image source identification and the image distance of each image source in the AR-HUD.
例如,各像源的像距,是AR-HUD出厂前设置好的。For example, the image distance of each image source is set before the AR-HUD leaves the factory.
例如,各像源的像距,可以设置为几米、十几米、几十米、以及更远处。可以通过像源标识和像距的对应关系的方式存储在ECU中。For example, the image distance of each image source can be set to a few meters, ten meters, tens of meters, and farther away. It can be stored in the ECU through the correspondence between the image source identification and the image distance.
所述与场景距离匹配的图像的确定过程包括:ECU对场景与眼盒区域的距离 分别与各像源的像距进行差值计算,将与场景与眼盒区域的距离差值最小的像距对应的图像确定为与场景距离匹配的图像。The process of determining the image matching the scene distance includes: the ECU calculates the difference between the distance between the scene and the eye box area and the image distance of each image source, and calculates the image distance with the smallest distance between the scene and the eye box area. The corresponding image is determined as an image matching the distance of the scene.
根据上述公式1给出的曲面镜成像规律,发现将像源放在曲面镜的焦平面或者靠近焦平面的位置时,可以将图像呈现在距离眼盒区域无穷远的地方,使观察者看到不存在视差的图像。According to the imaging law of curved mirror given by the above formula 1, it is found that when the image source is placed on the focal plane of the curved mirror or close to the focal plane, the image can be presented at an infinite distance from the eye box area, so that the observer can see There is no parallax image.
所述视差,是指观察者的双眼在眼盒区域看到的图像与真实环境中的场景在水平方向和/或者垂直方向不能融合的情况。The parallax refers to the situation where the image seen by the observer's eyes in the eye box area and the scene in the real environment cannot be merged in the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction.
例如,AR-HUD中的至少两个像源,包括:设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的远距离成像像源,以可以在无穷远处成像,For example, the at least two image sources in the AR-HUD include: a long-distance imaging image source set close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or set at the focal plane of the curved mirror, so as to be infinite Distant imaging,
所述远距离成像像源发出的光线射出AR-HUD后能够形成远距离图像。The light emitted by the long-distance imaging image source can form a long-distance image after exiting the AR-HUD.
所述远距离图像,用于消除观察者观看图像时的视差。The long-distance image is used to eliminate parallax when the observer views the image.
参见图37A所示的AR-HUD和全车窗HUD的成像侧视图,在至少两个像源分别呈现的图像中,远距离成像像源呈现的远距离图像与所述眼盒区域的距离最远。即所述远距离图像是至少两个像源分别呈现的图像中与眼盒区域水平距离最远的图像。Referring to the imaging side view of AR-HUD and full-window HUD shown in FIG. 37A, among the images presented by at least two image sources, the distance between the remote image presented by the remote imaging source and the eye box area is the longest. far. That is, the long-distance image is the image with the farthest horizontal distance from the eye box area among the images presented by at least two image sources.
AR-HUD和全车窗HUD同时工作时展示图像的示意图如图37B和图37C所示。The schematic diagrams of displaying images when the AR-HUD and the full-window HUD are working at the same time are shown in Fig. 37B and Fig. 37C.
例如,图25A所示AR-HUD的结构中只包括两个像源的情况仅为示意,AR-HUD还可以包括更多的像源,这里不再一一赘述。For example, the case that the AR-HUD structure shown in FIG. 25A includes only two image sources is only for illustration, and the AR-HUD may also include more image sources, which will not be repeated here.
例如,参见图25B所示的本公开至少一实施例提出的第二种AR-HUD的结构示意图,AR-HUD,还包括:平面反射镜904。For example, referring to the schematic structural diagram of the second type of AR-HUD proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 25B, the AR-HUD further includes a plane mirror 904.
所述平面反射镜904将所述至少两个像源发出的至少两路光线反射到所述曲面镜。The flat reflecting mirror 904 reflects at least two rays of light emitted by the at least two image sources to the curved mirror.
例如,参见图25C所示的本公开至少一实施例提出的第三种AR-HUD的结构示意图,AR-HUD,包括:第一像源906、第二像源908、第三像源910、第一透反膜912、第二透反膜914、平面反射镜904和曲面镜902。For example, referring to the schematic structural diagram of the third AR-HUD proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 25C, the AR-HUD includes: a first image source 906, a second image source 908, a third image source 910, The first transflective film 912, the second transflective film 914, the plane mirror 904, and the curved mirror 902.
所述第一像源906、所述第二像源908和所述第三像源910分别设置在所述AR-HUD内的不同位置上;所述第一像源906,能够发出第一光线,所述第二像源908,能够发出第二光线;所述第三像源910,能够发出第三光线。The first image source 906, the second image source 908, and the third image source 910 are respectively arranged at different positions in the AR-HUD; the first image source 906 can emit a first light , The second image source 908 can emit a second light; the third image source 910 can emit a third light.
所述第一透反膜912设置在所述第一像源和所述第二像源之间。The first transflective film 912 is disposed between the first image source and the second image source.
所述第二透反膜914设置在所述第二像源和所述第一透反膜之间。The second transflective film 914 is disposed between the second image source and the first transflective film.
所述第一透反膜912,能够透过入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第二光线和第三光线进行反射。The first transflective film 912 can transmit the incident first light and reflect the incident second light and third light.
所述第二透反膜914,能够透过入射的所述第一光线和所述第二光线且对入射的所述第三光线进行反射。The second transflective film 914 can transmit the incident first light and the second light and reflect the incident third light.
所述平面反射镜将入射的第一光线、所述第二光线和第三光线都反射到所述曲面镜。The plane mirror reflects the incident first light, the second light, and the third light to the curved mirror.
所述曲面镜将入射的所述第一光线反射出所述AR-HUD,使得反射出AR-HUD的所述第一光线能够根据所述第一光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第一图像。The curved mirror reflects the incident first light out of the AR-HUD, so that the first light reflected out of the AR-HUD can form a first image according to the propagation path length of the first light.
所述曲面镜将入射的所述第二光线反射出所述AR-HUD,使得反射出AR-HUD的所述第二光线能够根据所述第二光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第二图像。The curved mirror reflects the incident second light out of the AR-HUD, so that the second light reflected out of the AR-HUD can form a second image according to the propagation path length of the second light.
所述曲面镜将入射的所述第三光线反射出所述抬头显示器,使得反射出抬头显示器的所述第三光线能够根据所述第三光线自身的传播路径长度,形成第三图像。The curved mirror reflects the incident third light out of the head-up display, so that the third light reflected out of the head-up display can form a third image according to the propagation path length of the third light.
所述第一光线、所述第二光线和所述第三光线的传播路径长度不同,使得所述第一图像与眼盒区域之间的距离、所述第二图像与观察者之间的距离、以及所述第三图像与眼盒区域之间的距离各不相同。The propagation path lengths of the first light, the second light, and the third light are different, so that the distance between the first image and the eye box area, and the distance between the second image and the observer , And the distance between the third image and the eye box area is different.
所述第一光线、所述第二光线和所述第三光线分别具有不同的偏振特性。The first light, the second light, and the third light have different polarization characteristics.
例如,第一光线是S线偏振光,第二光线是P线偏振光,第三光线是圆偏振光。For example, the first light is S linearly polarized light, the second light is P linearly polarized light, and the third light is circularly polarized light.
例如,参见图25D所示的本公开至少一实施例提出的第四种AR-HUD的结构示意图,所述第二透反元件914还能够设置在所述第一像源906和所述第一透反膜912之间。For example, referring to the schematic structural diagram of the fourth type of AR-HUD proposed in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 25D, the second transflective element 914 can also be disposed on the first image source 906 and the first Between the transflective film 912.
所述第一透反膜,能够反射入射的所述第一光线且对入射的所述第二光线和第三光线进行透过。The first transflective film can reflect the incident first light and transmit the incident second light and third light.
所述第一像源发出的第一光线、所述第二像源发出的第二光线、以及所述第三像源发出的第三光线的传播路径长度不同,是指所述第一像源、所述第二像源、以及所述第三像源的物距不同,导致所述第一像源、所述第二像源、以及所述第三像源的像距不同,从而所述第一像源、所述第二像源、以及所述第三像源能分别在距离眼盒区域不同的位置成像,达到多层次成像的目的。The first light emitted by the first image source, the second light emitted by the second image source, and the third light emitted by the third image source have different propagation path lengths, which means that the first image source The object distances of the second image source and the third image source are different, resulting in different image distances of the first image source, the second image source, and the third image source, so that the The first image source, the second image source, and the third image source can respectively image images at different positions from the eye box area to achieve the purpose of multi-level imaging.
例如,可以将所述第一像源、所述第二像源、或者所述第三像源设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置,使得设置在靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面的位置或者设置在所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置的所述第一像源、所述第二像源、或者所述第三像源发出的光线射出AR-HUD后能够形成远距离图像,从而消除观察者查看图像与真实环境中场景融合后的视差。For example, the first image source, the second image source, or the third image source may be arranged at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or at the position of the focal plane of the curved mirror, The light emitted by the first image source, the second image source, or the third image source that is arranged at a position close to the focal plane of the curved mirror or at the position of the focal plane of the curved mirror After the AR-HUD is shot, it can form a long-distance image, thereby eliminating the parallax between the observer's viewing image and the scene in the real environment.
在至少两个像源分别呈现的图像中,所述远距离成像像源呈现的远距离图像与所述眼盒区域的距离最远。使得所述远距离图像与所述眼盒区域的距离最远位置的场景融合。Among the images respectively presented by at least two image sources, the distance between the remote image presented by the remote imaging image source and the eye box area is the farthest. The long-distance image is merged with the scene at the farthest position of the eye box area.
例如,当车辆周围存在机动车或者非机动车时,所述ECU,可以执行以下步骤:For example, when there are motor vehicles or non-motor vehicles around the vehicle, the ECU may perform the following steps:
确定眼盒区域与所述机动车或者非机动车的距离;Determine the distance between the eye box area and the motor vehicle or non-motor vehicle;
当有机动车或者非机动车与车辆的距离小于安全距离阈值时,将与车辆的距离 小于安全距离阈值的机动车或者非机动车确定为需要标识的目标;When the distance between a motorized or non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is less than the safe distance threshold, the motorized or non-motorized vehicle whose distance to the vehicle is less than the safe distance threshold is determined as the target to be identified;
将所述眼盒区域与所述目标的距离作为目标像距,从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;Taking the distance between the eye box area and the target as a target image distance, and selecting an image source matching the target image distance from a plurality of image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source;
生成与所述目标融合的图像,控制所述目标像源向所述目标发出与所述目标融合的图像,将所述目标标识出来。An image fused with the target is generated, and the target image source is controlled to send an image fused with the target to the target, and the target is identified.
例如,在上述步骤中,为了确定眼盒区域与机动车或者非机动车的距离,包括以下步骤:For example, in the above steps, in order to determine the distance between the eye box area and the motor vehicle or non-motor vehicle, the following steps are included:
获取测距传感器发送的距离信息,所述距离信息,包括:发送距离信息的测距传感器的传感器标识和测量到的机动车或者非机动车与车辆的距离;Acquire the distance information sent by the distance measuring sensor, the distance information including: the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor that sends the distance information and the measured distance between the motor vehicle or the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
根据所述传感器标识,从测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系中查询出所述传感器标识对应的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离;According to the sensor identifier, the distance between the distance measuring sensor corresponding to the sensor identifier and the eye box area is queried from the corresponding relationship between the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor and the distance;
计算所述传感器标识对应的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离与所述距离信息中记载的机动车或者非机动车与车辆的距离的和,并将计算结果确定为所述眼盒区域与机动车或者非机动车的距离。Calculate the sum of the distance between the distance measuring sensor and the eye box area corresponding to the sensor identifier and the distance between the motor vehicle or non-motor vehicle and the vehicle recorded in the distance information, and determine the calculation result as the eye box area and the machine The distance between motor vehicles or non-motor vehicles.
在上述步骤中,所述距离信息,还包括:图像传感器采集的车辆周围图像。In the above steps, the distance information further includes: images around the vehicle collected by the image sensor.
例如图像传感器采集到图车辆周围图像,测量传感器在测量到的移动目标与车辆的距离,根据测距传感器自身的传感器标识、采集到的车辆周围图像、移动目标与车辆的距离生成距离信息,并发送给ECU。For example, the image sensor collects images around the vehicle, measures the distance between the moving target and the vehicle measured by the sensor, and generates distance information based on the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor itself, the collected image around the vehicle, and the distance between the moving target and the vehicle, and Send to ECU.
例如,在上述步骤中,测距传感器的传感器标识和距离的对应关系缓存在HUD控制装置中。For example, in the above steps, the corresponding relationship between the sensor identifier of the ranging sensor and the distance is cached in the HUD control device.
例如,在上述步骤中,从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程,与上述的所述与场景距离匹配的图像的确定过程类似,可以包括以下步骤:For example, in the above steps, the process of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source, and the above-mentioned image matching the scene distance The determination process is similar and can include the following steps:
从所述像源标识和像距的对应关系中获取所述AR-HUD中多个像源中除远距离成像像源外的各像源的像距;Acquiring, from the correspondence between the image source identifier and the image distance, the image distance of each image source in the AR-HUD except for the long-distance imaging image source among the multiple image sources;
分别计算各所述像源的像距与所述目标像距的差值;Respectively calculating the difference between the image distance of each of the image sources and the target image distance;
将各所述像源中与所述目标像距差值最小且与所述目标像距的差值小于差值阈值的像距对应的像源确定为与所述目标像距匹配的目标像源;Determine the image source corresponding to the image distance with the smallest difference between the target image distance and the target image distance smaller than the difference threshold among the image sources as the target image source matching the target image distance ;
当各得到像源的像距与所述目标像距的差值均大于所述差值阈值时,将所述远距离成像像源确定为与所述目标像距匹配的目标像源。When the difference between the image distance of each obtained image source and the target image distance is greater than the difference threshold, the long-distance imaging image source is determined as the target image source that matches the target image distance.
例如,当有移动目标与车辆的距离小于安全距离时,将所述距离作为目标像距,从多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;控制所述目标像源向所述移动目标发出与所述移动目标融合的图像,将所述移动目标标识出来,从而辅助车辆驾驶。For example, when the distance between a moving target and the vehicle is less than the safe distance, the distance is used as the target image distance, and the image source matching the target image distance is selected from a plurality of image sources as the target image source; The target image source sends an image fused with the moving target to the moving target to identify the moving target, thereby assisting the driving of the vehicle.
例如,当目标是机动车时,所述行驶信息,包括:车辆的车速信息;所述环境 信息,包括:所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息;所述周围车辆,包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、以及位于所述车辆两侧的侧方车辆。For example, when the target is a motor vehicle, the driving information includes: vehicle speed information; the environment information includes: distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles; and the surrounding vehicles include: A front vehicle in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, and a side vehicle located on both sides of the vehicle.
例如,参见图26所示的全车窗HUD发出标识所述车辆的周围车辆车距的流程图,所述ECU,用于获取车辆的行驶信息,并将所述车辆的行驶信息和所述传感器发送的环境信息,发送到全车窗HUD进行展示,包括以下具体步骤:For example, referring to the flow chart of the full-window HUD shown in FIG. 26 for identifying the distance between the surrounding vehicles of the vehicle, the ECU is used to obtain the driving information of the vehicle and combine the driving information of the vehicle with the sensor The sent environmental information is sent to the full window HUD for display, including the following specific steps:
获取所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离、与所述后方车辆的第二距离、以及与两侧的所述侧方车辆的第三距离和第四距离。Acquire the first distance from the front vehicle, the second distance from the rear vehicle, and the third distance and the fourth distance from the side vehicles on both sides of the vehicle, respectively.
根据所述车辆的车速信息,确定所述车辆与所述前方车辆的第一安全距离阈值。According to the vehicle speed information of the vehicle, a first safe distance threshold between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is determined.
当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并将所述第一预警信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示。When the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safety distance threshold, first warning information is generated, and the first warning information is sent to a full-window HUD for display.
当所述第二距离小于等于第二安全距离阈值时,生成第二预警信息,并将所述第二预警信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示;其中,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离。When the second distance is less than or equal to the second safety distance threshold, second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the full-window HUD for display; wherein, the second safety distance threshold is used for Indicates the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle.
当所述第三距离和/或者所述第四距离小于等于第三安全距离阈值时,生成第三预警信息,并将所述第三预警信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示;其中,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。When the third distance and/or the fourth distance is less than or equal to the third safety distance threshold, third warning information is generated, and the third warning information is sent to the full-window HUD for display; wherein, the The third safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle.
例如,在上述步骤中,通过在车辆头部安装的测距传感器发送的第一距离信息获取所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离,通过在车辆后部安装的测距传感器发送的第二距离信息获取与所述后方车辆的第二距离,通过在车辆两侧安装的测距传感器分别发送的第三距离信息和第四距离信息,分别获取位于车辆两侧的所述侧方车辆的第三距离和第四距离。For example, in the above steps, the first distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is acquired through the first distance information sent by the distance-measuring sensor installed on the head of the vehicle, and the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle in front is obtained through the distance-measuring sensor installed at the rear of the vehicle The second distance information acquires the second distance to the rear vehicle, and the third distance information and the fourth distance information respectively sent by the distance measuring sensors installed on both sides of the vehicle are used to acquire the side vehicles located on both sides of the vehicle. The third distance and the fourth distance.
例如,所述第一距离信息、所述第二距离信息、所述第三距离信息和所述第四距离信息的生成的具体过程,至少部分与上述生成距离信息的过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, the specific process of generating the first distance information, the second distance information, the third distance information, and the fourth distance information is at least partly similar to the foregoing process of generating distance information, and will not be repeated here. .
例如,所所述第一距离信息,包括但不限于:发送所述第一距离信息的测距传感器的传感器标识、所述车辆与前方车辆的第一距离、以及所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像。For example, the first distance information includes, but is not limited to: the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor that sends the first distance information, the first distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle, and the vehicle and the preceding vehicle The path image between.
例如,所述第二距离信息、所述第三距离信息和所述第四距离信息包括的内容与上述的所述第一距离信息类似,这里不再赘述。For example, the content included in the second distance information, the third distance information, and the fourth distance information is similar to the above-mentioned first distance information, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU,可以根据ECU自身缓存的车速和安全距离的对应关系中,查询出所述车辆的车速信息对应的第一安全距离阈值。For example, in the above steps, the ECU may query the first safety distance threshold corresponding to the vehicle speed information of the vehicle according to the correspondence between the vehicle speed and the safety distance cached by the ECU itself.
例如,车速和安全距离的对应关系可以如下表示:For example, the corresponding relationship between vehicle speed and safety distance can be expressed as follows:
车速小于等于20公里/小时时,安全距离为10米;When the vehicle speed is less than or equal to 20 km/h, the safe distance is 10 meters;
车速大于20公里/小时且小于等于40公里/小时时,安全距离为20米;When the vehicle speed is greater than 20 km/h and less than or equal to 40 km/h, the safe distance is 20 meters;
车速大于40公里/小时且小于等于60公里/小时时,安全距离为30米;When the vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h and less than or equal to 60 km/h, the safety distance is 30 meters;
车速大于60公里/小时且小于等于100公里/小时时,安全距离为60米。When the vehicle speed is greater than 60 km/h and less than or equal to 100 km/h, the safety distance is 60 meters.
例如,所述ECU,还存储有第二安全距离阈值和第三安全距离阈值。For example, the ECU also stores a second safety distance threshold and a third safety distance threshold.
例如,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离。For example, the second safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle.
例如,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。For example, the third safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第一预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与所述前方车辆距离小于第一安全距离阈值。For example, in the above steps, the first warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is less than a first safe distance threshold.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第二预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与所述前方车辆距离小于第二安全距离阈值。For example, in the above steps, the second warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is less than a second safe distance threshold.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第三预警信息,用于表示所述车辆与车辆自身至少一侧的侧方车辆距离小于第三安全距离阈值。For example, in the above steps, the third warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle on at least one side of the vehicle itself is less than the third safe distance threshold.
例如,所述第二预警信息和所述第三预警信息的显示方式,与所述第一预警信息的显示方式类似,这里不再赘述。For example, the display mode of the second early warning information and the third early warning information is similar to the display mode of the first early warning information, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第一预警信息、所述第二预警信息和所述第三预警信息的显示方式,可以包括但不限于如下多种方式:For example, in the above steps, the display modes of the first early warning information, the second early warning information, and the third early warning information may include, but are not limited to, the following multiple modes:
告警文字、图像、视频,如“与前方车辆距离太近,请减速”“请与右侧车辆保持距离”;或者色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;且相关提示信息的亮度高于AR-HUD其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。Warning text, images, and videos, such as "Too close to the vehicle ahead, please slow down", "Please keep a distance from the vehicle on the right"; or brightly colored, prominent icons, or prompt animations, such as red prompt information; and related prompts The brightness of the information is higher than the brightness of other parts of the AR-HUD, or effects such as scrolling, flashing, and beating can also be used to further improve the warning effect.
例如,显示的位置应至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。For example, the displayed position should be at least concentrated in front of the driver, and it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
例如,还可以在AR-HUD显示所述第二预警信息和所述第三预警信息的基础上,配合车辆或车辆上的音频播放设备,通过语音播报进行提醒,可以是没有具体含义的告警铃声,或者也可以是具体的语音提醒如“注意!保持车距”。For example, on the basis of the AR-HUD displaying the second warning information and the third warning information, the vehicle or the audio playback device on the vehicle can be used for reminding by voice broadcast, which can be an alarm bell with no specific meaning. , Or it can be a specific voice reminder such as "Attention! Keep the distance between cars."
例如,配合其他设备,如集成在方向盘上的机械式振动设备,集成在座椅内的机械设备,通过震动进行提醒。For example, with other equipment, such as mechanical vibration equipment integrated on the steering wheel, mechanical equipment integrated in the seat, reminders through vibration.
例如,在车辆侧窗、后窗显示告警文字、图像、视频,如“后方车辆请保持车距”、“侧方车辆请保持距离”或色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;且相关提示信息的亮度高于HUD其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。For example, warning texts, images, and videos are displayed on the side windows and rear windows of the vehicle, such as "rear vehicles please keep the distance", "side vehicles please keep the distance" or brightly colored and prominent icons, or prompt animations, such as red Prompt information; and the brightness of the related prompt information is higher than the brightness of other parts of the HUD, or effects such as scrolling, flashing, and beating can also be adopted to further improve the warning effect.
例如,参见图27所示的全车窗HUD展示第一预警信息且AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的机动车之间的路径标识出来的示意图,可以将所述第一预警信息发送 到全车窗HUD进行展示的同时,还可以利用所述AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的机动车之间的路径标识出来。For example, referring to the schematic diagram in which the full-window HUD shown in FIG. 27 displays the first warning information and the AR-HUD identifies the path between the vehicle and the motor vehicle that is too close, the first warning information can be sent to the full-window HUD. While the window HUD is displayed, the AR-HUD can also be used to identify the path between the vehicle and the motor vehicle that is too close.
例如,除了挡风玻璃顶部外,所述第一预警信息还可以展示在挡风玻璃的其他位置上,这里不再一一赘述。For example, in addition to the top of the windshield, the first warning information can also be displayed on other positions of the windshield, which will not be repeated here.
例如,参见图28所示的车辆与前方车辆距离过近时,控制所述AR-HUD的显示车辆与其车距过近的与前方车辆之间路径的流程图;所述ECU,用于当对所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息处理后确定出车辆周围存在需要标识的目标时,将标识所述目标的图像发送到AR-HUD,包括以执行以下步骤:For example, referring to the flowchart shown in FIG. 28 when the vehicle is too close to the vehicle in front, the AR-HUD is controlled to display the flow chart showing the path between the vehicle and the vehicle in front of the vehicle that is too close; the ECU is used to After processing the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle, when it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle, sending an image that identifies the target to the AR-HUD includes performing the following steps:
获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像;Acquiring a path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径;Identifying the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle according to the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
将与所述第一距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;An image distance matching the first distance is used as a target image distance, and an image source matching the target image distance is selected from a plurality of image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source; wherein, The image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第一颜色标识生成第一路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第一路径标识指令发送到所述AR-HUD中的目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来;Use the first color mark to generate a first path identification instruction, and send the generated first path identification instruction to the target image source in the AR-HUD, and control the target image source to connect the vehicle with the front The path between the vehicles is displayed in the color corresponding to the first color mark;
当确定所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值时,根据所述第一距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;When it is determined that the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, select a target image source from the AR-HUD according to the first distance;
利用第二颜色标识生成第二路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第二路径标识指令发送到所述目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来。Use the second color identification to generate a second path identification instruction, and send the generated second path identification instruction to the target image source, and control the target image source to transfer the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle The color corresponding to the second color mark is displayed.
在上述步骤中,所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,是从第一距离信息中获取到的。In the above steps, the path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle is obtained from the first distance information.
在上述步骤中,所述ECU可以采用图像处理技术,根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径,具体过程这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the ECU may use image processing technology to recognize the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle based on the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle. The specific process is here No longer.
在上述步骤中,与所述第一距离相匹配的像距,就是所述眼盒区域与所述车辆的前方车辆的距离,所以,确定与所述第一距离相匹配的像距的过程,和上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。In the above steps, the image distance matching the first distance is the distance between the eye box area and the vehicle in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the process of determining the image distance matching the first distance is It is similar to the above process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
在上述步骤中,所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色和粉色。In the above steps, the colors corresponding to the first color identifier may be red and pink.
在至少一个实施方式中,所述第一预警信息,可以是“与前方车距离过近,请减速”。In at least one embodiment, the first warning information may be "too close to the vehicle in front, please slow down".
进一步地,ECU中缓存有机动车与车辆的距离和颜色的对应关系表。Further, the ECU caches a table of correspondence between the distance and color of the motor vehicle and the vehicle.
在至少一个实施方式中,所述机动车与车辆的距离和颜色的对应关系表,可以 如下表示:In at least one embodiment, the corresponding table of the distance and color between the motor vehicle and the vehicle can be expressed as follows:
机动车与车辆的距离在0到50厘米时,可以表示为红色;When the distance between the motor vehicle and the vehicle is between 0 and 50 cm, it can be expressed in red;
机动车与车辆的距离在50到75厘米时,可以表示为黄色。When the distance between the motor vehicle and the vehicle is 50 to 75 cm, it can be expressed as yellow.
例如,所述ECU还可以根据与所述车辆分别与所述前方车辆的第一距离对应的颜色,对所述第一预警信息进行渲染。并将渲染后的所述第一预警信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示。For example, the ECU may also render the first warning information according to colors corresponding to the first distance between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle. The rendered first warning information is sent to the full-window HUD for display.
例如,在上述步骤中,选择出目标像源的过程,和上述从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的步骤描述的过程类似,这里不再赘述。确定所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值,说明车辆当前保持安全的行车距离。For example, in the above steps, the process of selecting the target image source is described in the above steps of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source. The process is similar, so I won't repeat it here. It is determined that the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, indicating that the vehicle currently maintains a safe driving distance.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是绿色和无颜色。For example, in the above steps, the color corresponding to the second color identifier may be green or no color.
例如,在控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来的同时,确认保持安全的行车距离后,通过传统HUD方式显示提示文字、图像、视频,如“安全车距,请继续保持”;或与告警时显示颜色区别较大的图标、或提示动画,如绿色的提示信息,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,展示一定时间后可以消失;或者也可以始终保持在画面上,展示给观察者。For example, while controlling the target image source to display the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle in the color corresponding to the second color mark, at the same time, after confirming that a safe driving distance is maintained, it is displayed through the traditional HUD method. Prompt texts, images, videos, such as "safe distance, please continue to maintain"; or icons with a large color difference from the alarm display, or prompt animations, such as green prompt messages, or scrolling, flashing, beating, etc. The effect can disappear after being displayed for a certain period of time; or it can always remain on the screen and be shown to the observer.
例如,在通过AR-HUD和全车窗HUD展示图像的同时,所述ECU还可以执行以下步骤:For example, while displaying images through AR-HUD and full-window HUD, the ECU can also perform the following steps:
当所述第一距离小于制动操作长度阈值且所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值的时长大于第一预设时长阈值时,生成制动指令。When the first distance is less than the braking operation length threshold and the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safety distance threshold and the duration is greater than the first preset duration threshold, a braking instruction is generated.
利用生成的所述制动指令,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。Using the generated braking instruction, the vehicle is controlled to perform a braking operation.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述制动操作长度阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为15米。所述制动操作长度阈值还可以设置为小于任意车速和安全距离的对应关系中记载的安全距离值,这里不再一一赘述。For example, in the above steps, the braking operation length threshold is buffered in the ECU and can be set to 15 meters. The braking operation length threshold value can also be set to be less than the safety distance value recorded in the correspondence between any vehicle speed and safety distance, which will not be repeated here.
例如,所述第一预设时长阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为20秒。For example, the first preset duration threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to 20 seconds.
例如,当所述目标为非机动车时,参见图29所示的展示碰撞预警信息的流程图,所述ECU,用于获取车辆的行驶信息,并将所述车辆的行驶信息和所述传感器发送的环境信息,发送到全车窗HUD进行展示,包括以下具体步骤:For example, when the target is a non-motor vehicle, referring to the flowchart showing collision warning information shown in FIG. 29, the ECU is used to obtain the driving information of the vehicle, and combine the driving information of the vehicle with the sensor The sent environmental information is sent to the full window HUD for display, including the following specific steps:
当确定所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域时,获取所述车辆的周围环境图像;When it is determined that the location of the vehicle is a crowded area, acquiring an image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle;
当根据所述周围环境图像确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离;When it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle according to the surrounding environment image, determine the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle;
当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并将所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离和所述碰撞预警信息发送到全车 窗HUD进行展示。When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, collision warning information is generated, and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle and the collision warning information are sent to the global Car window HUD is displayed.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU从所述导航设备发送的位置信息中确定所述车辆的所在位置。当确定所述车辆的所在位置是在学校、医院、停车场、以及繁华市区时,确定所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域,向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆的周围环境图像。For example, in the above steps, the ECU determines the location of the vehicle from the location information sent by the navigation device. When it is determined that the location of the vehicle is in a school, a hospital, a parking lot, or a prosperous urban area, it is determined that the location of the vehicle is a crowded area, and an image acquisition instruction is sent to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that The image sensor installed on the vehicle collects an image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle.
例如,图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述周围环境图像后在确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,测距传感器确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离,将所述周围环境图像、确定所述车辆周围存在的非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离以及测距传感器自身的传感器标识生成非机动车距离信息,发送给ECU。For example, after the image sensor receives the image acquisition instruction, after collecting the surrounding environment image, when it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle, the distance measuring sensor determines the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle, and then calculates the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle. The surrounding environment image, the determination of the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle existing around the vehicle, and the sensor identifier of the distance measuring sensor itself generate non-motor vehicle distance information and send it to the ECU.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述碰撞安全距离阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为2米到5米之间的任意距离。For example, in the above steps, the collision safety distance threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to any distance between 2 meters and 5 meters.
例如,所述碰撞预警信息,用于表示所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值。For example, the collision warning information is used to indicate that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than a collision safety distance threshold.
例如,在至少一个实施方式中,所述碰撞预警信息,可以是“与前方行人距离过近,请注意”。For example, in at least one embodiment, the collision warning information may be “too close to the pedestrian ahead, please pay attention”.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述碰撞预警信息的显示方式,可以包括但不限于如下多种方式:For example, in the above steps, the manner of displaying the collision warning information may include, but is not limited to, the following multiple manners:
可为告警文字、图像、视频;或色彩鲜明、显著的图标、或提示动画,如红色的提示信息;或提示信息的亮度高于HUD显示的其他部分的画面亮度,或者也可以采取滚动、闪烁、跳动等效果,进一步提高警示效果。显示的位置应至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。It can be warning text, image, video; or bright and prominent icon, or prompt animation, such as red prompt message; or the brightness of the prompt message is higher than the brightness of other parts of the HUD display, or it can also be scrolled or flashed , Beating and other effects to further improve the warning effect. The displayed position should be at least concentrated in front of the driver, and it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
用红色等鲜明色彩的形状或标志,对关键信息进行标注和提示,同时例如,伴随语音提醒,如“前方有行人,注意避让”,进一步增强对驾驶员的提醒效果。Use red and other bright-colored shapes or signs to mark and prompt key information. At the same time, for example, accompanied by voice reminders, such as "there is a pedestrian ahead, pay attention to avoid", to further enhance the reminder effect to the driver.
上述描述的显示方式与传统的HUD的显示方式类似,这里不再赘述。The display mode described above is similar to the display mode of the traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
例如,参见图30所示的全车窗HUD展示碰撞预警信息且AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的非机动车标识出来的示意图,可以将所述碰撞预警信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示的同时,还可以利用所述AR-HUD将车辆与其距离过近的非机动车标识出来。For example, referring to the schematic diagram of the full-window HUD displaying collision warning information and AR-HUD marking the vehicle and the non-motor vehicle that are too close to each other as shown in FIG. 30, the collision warning information can be sent to the full-window HUD for display At the same time, the AR-HUD can also be used to identify vehicles that are too close to non-motor vehicles.
例如,参见图31所示的车辆与非机动车距离过近时,控制所述AR-HUD的标识出与车辆距离过近的非机动车的流程图;所述ECU,用于当对所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息处理后确定出车辆周围存在需要标识的目标时,将标识所述目标的图像发送到AR-HUD,包括以下具体步骤:For example, referring to the flowchart shown in FIG. 31 for controlling the AR-HUD to identify the non-motor vehicle that is too close to the vehicle when the vehicle is too close to the non-motorized vehicle; the ECU is used for when the vehicle is too close to the non-motorized vehicle. After processing the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle, when it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle, sending the image that identifies the target to the AR-HUD includes the following specific steps:
确定所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离;Determining the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
当所述非机动车与车辆的距离大于碰撞安全距离阈值且小于等于预警距离阈 值时,根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the collision safety distance threshold and less than or equal to the warning distance threshold, select the target image source from the AR-HUD according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形;其中,所述预警图形与所述非机动车融合到一起;Controlling the target image source to use the color corresponding to the fourth color mark to generate an early warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle; wherein the early warning graphic is fused with the non-motor vehicle;
当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, the fusion with the non-motor vehicle is determined according to the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle Determining the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicating frame in the image of the surrounding environment, and determining the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicating frame based on the contour of the non-motor vehicle in the surrounding environment image;
将与所述非机动车与车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;Use the image distance matching the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle as the target image distance, and select the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image Source; wherein, the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第三颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第一尺寸和第一形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第一尺寸和第一形状生成所述非机动车指示框,并根据所述非机动车的所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,将所述非机动车标识出来;Use the third color identification, the first size and the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the third color , Generating the non-motor vehicle indicator frame according to the determined first size and first shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle together according to the location of the non-motor vehicle to combine all Said non-motor vehicle is marked out;
当确定所述非机动车与所述车辆的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,获取非机动车图像,并确定所述非机动车的当前所在位置;步骤1514、根据所述非机动车的所述当前所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第二尺寸,并基于所述非机动车图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第二形状;When it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, obtain a non-motor vehicle image and determine the current location of the non-motor vehicle; step 1514, according to the location of the non-motor vehicle According to the current location and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, the second size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle is determined, and based on the non-motor vehicle outline in the non-motor vehicle image, Determining the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicating frame;
根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from the AR-HUD according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
利用第五颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车指示框,并基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起。Use the fifth color identification, the second size and the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the fifth color , Generating a non-motor vehicle indication frame according to the determined second size and second shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indication frame with the non-motor vehicle based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU可以通过任何从数字图像确定物体位置的算法,根据所述周围环境图像确定所述非机动车的所在位置,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the ECU may determine the location of the non-motor vehicle based on the surrounding environment image through any algorithm for determining the position of the object from a digital image, and the specific process is not repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述预警距离阈值,缓存在ECU中,可以设置为5米到10米之间的任意距离。For example, in the above steps, the warning distance threshold is cached in the ECU and can be set to any distance between 5 meters and 10 meters.
例如,根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述AR-HUD中选择出目标像源的具体过程,就是先根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离确定作为目标相距的所述眼盒区域与非机动车的距离,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程,这个过程与上述从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的步骤(21)至步骤(24)描述的过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, the specific process of selecting the target image source from the AR-HUD according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is to first determine the eye box area as the target distance according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle The distance to the non-motor vehicle, and the process of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source. This process is the same as the process of selecting the image source from the AR-HUD as described above. The process described in steps (21) to (24) of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources as the target image source is similar, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色、绿色、黄色等颜色鲜明的颜色。For example, in the above steps, the color corresponding to the fourth color identifier may be a bright color such as red, green, and yellow.
例如,所述预警图形,预先缓存在所述ECU中,可以是但不限于:圆形、椭圆形、以及四边形。For example, the warning graphic is pre-buffered in the ECU, and may be, but not limited to: a circle, an ellipse, and a quadrilateral.
例如,在上述步骤中,可以采用图像处理技术,根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, image processing technology can be used to determine the second non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle based on the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle. The first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicating frame is determined based on the contour of the non-motor vehicle in the surrounding environment image. The specific process is not repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,将与所述非机动车与车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的过程与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, an image distance that matches the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle is used as the target image distance, and the AR-HUD is selected from a plurality of image sources that are closer to the target image distance. The process of using the matched image source as the target image source is similar to the process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是红色和粉色。在上述步骤中,所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,可以是绿色和蓝色。For example, in the above steps, the colors corresponding to the third color identifier may be red and pink. In the above steps, the colors corresponding to the fifth color identifier may be green and blue.
例如,基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,从而使观察者通过眼盒区域看到所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起的图像,以此确定所述车辆与由所述非机动车指示框标识出的非机动车距离大于所述碰撞安全距离阈值。For example, based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle, the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle are fused together, so that the observer can see the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle through the eye box area. The non-motor vehicles are fused together to determine that the distance between the vehicle and the non-motor vehicle identified by the non-motor vehicle indicator frame is greater than the collision safety distance threshold.
例如,当确定所述非机动车与所述车辆的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,说明车辆与周围的非机动车处于安全距离,那么或者也可以不执行上述步骤至步骤的具体过程,对与车辆处于安全距离的非机动车不进行标识。For example, when it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, it means that the vehicle is at a safe distance from the surrounding non-motor vehicles, or the specific process from the above steps to the steps may not be performed. Non-motor vehicles that are at a safe distance from the vehicle will not be marked.
上述步骤具体过程,与上文所描述的具体过程类似,这里不再赘述。The specific process of the above steps is similar to the specific process described above, and will not be repeated here.
除了上述步骤之外,当确定所述非机动车与车辆的距离小于紧急制动长度阈值时,所述ECU可以控制所述车辆执行制动操作。In addition to the above steps, when it is determined that the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the emergency braking length threshold, the ECU may control the vehicle to perform a braking operation.
例如,所述紧急制动长度阈值,可以是0.5米到1.5米之间的任意距离。For example, the emergency braking length threshold may be any distance between 0.5 meters and 1.5 meters.
例如,全车窗HUD还会将天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息展示出来,参见图32所示的ECU控制全车窗HUD将天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息展示出来的流程图,所述ECU,用于获取车辆的行驶信息,并将所述车辆的行驶信息和所述传感器发送的环境信息,发送到全车窗HUD进行展示,包括以下具体步骤:For example, the full-window HUD will also display weather information and the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located. Refer to the ECU controlling the full-window HUD shown in Figure 32 to display the weather information and the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located. In the flowchart, the ECU is used to obtain the driving information of the vehicle, and send the driving information of the vehicle and the environmental information sent by the sensor to the full-window HUD for display, including the following specific steps:
获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;Obtaining weather information and/or status information of the road where the vehicle is located;
当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息、以及生成的警示信息发送到全车窗HUD进行展示。When it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, warning information is generated, and the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located And the generated warning information is sent to the full window HUD for display.
例如,在上述步骤中,为了获取所述车辆所在道路的天气信息和所述车辆所在 道路的状况信息,所述ECU会根据车辆所在道路的位置信息,确定车辆所在道路的行政区域,然后通过无线通信设备接入互联网,获取所述行政区域的天气信息和所述行政区域的交通信息,所述交通信息,包括:所述车辆所在道路的路况信息和状况信息。For example, in the above steps, in order to obtain the weather information of the road where the vehicle is located and the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, the ECU will determine the administrative area of the road where the vehicle is located according to the location information of the road where the vehicle is located, and then wirelessly The communication device accesses the Internet to obtain weather information of the administrative area and traffic information of the administrative area. The traffic information includes road condition information and status information of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,所述车辆所在道路的天气信息,用于指示所述车辆所处道路处于良好天气情况,还是恶劣天气情况。For example, the weather information of the road where the vehicle is located is used to indicate whether the road where the vehicle is located is in good weather or bad weather.
例如,所述良好天气情况,包括但不限于:晴天、多云间晴、以及多云。For example, the good weather conditions include but are not limited to: sunny, cloudy and sunny, and cloudy.
例如,所述恶劣天气情况,包括但不限于:冰雹、暴雨、洪水、以及龙卷风。For example, the severe weather conditions include, but are not limited to: hail, heavy rain, floods, and tornadoes.
例如,所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,包括但不限于:包括:道路前方存在检修的提醒信息、道路前方存在损坏的提醒信息、道路前方出现交通事故的提醒信息、以及道路前方设有障碍的提醒信息。For example, the status information of the road where the vehicle is located includes, but is not limited to: including: reminder information about maintenance ahead of the road, reminder information about damage ahead of the road, reminder information about traffic accidents in front of the road, and obstacles Reminder information.
例如,道路前方存在检修的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在检修路段。For example, there is a reminder message for maintenance ahead of the road, which is used to indicate that there is a maintenance section ahead of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方存在损坏的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在损坏路段。For example, the warning message that there is damage in front of the road is used to indicate that there is a damaged section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方出现交通事故的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方存在交通事故路段。For example, the reminder information of a traffic accident in front of the road is used to indicate that there is a traffic accident section in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,道路前方设有障碍的提醒信息,用于指示车辆所在道路前方设置有障碍。For example, the reminder message that there is an obstacle in front of the road is used to indicate that there is an obstacle in front of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述警示信息,可以是:“天气情况不好,请慢行”、以及“前方道路出现交通事故,请慢行”。For example, in the above steps, the warning information may be: "The weather is not good, please drive slowly" and "There is a traffic accident on the road ahead, please drive slowly".
例如,,可以采用以下方式,对警示信息进行显示:For example, the following methods can be used to display the warning information:
基于AR增强系统,对行车安全的信息进行分析,将虚拟信息模拟仿真后,应用显示在HUD上,现实与虚拟两种信息互为补充,对警示信息进行增强。Based on the AR enhancement system, the information of driving safety is analyzed. After virtual information is simulated and simulated, the application is displayed on the HUD. The real and virtual information complement each other to enhance the warning information.
例如,在HUD上显示信息,将有助于行驶的需标记信息标示出来,包括:潜在威胁车辆、潜在道路危险、恶劣道路条件、夜间行驶需注意信息等;For example, displaying information on the HUD will indicate the information that needs to be marked that will help driving, including: potentially threatening vehicles, potential road hazards, bad road conditions, and information that needs attention when driving at night;
例如,,安全标志可用绿色安全标示,危险标志可用红色警示标示。For example, safety signs can be marked with green safety signs, and danger signs can be marked with red warning signs.
例如,根据实时道路状况和联网的道路信息,在画面中对行驶路线进行辅助,在正确行驶道路上标示辅助线和转向标志。For example, based on real-time road conditions and networked road information, the driving route is assisted in the screen, and auxiliary lines and steering signs are marked on the correct driving road.
例如,显示信息可以是文字、图像、视频,可以采取颜色加深、滚动、闪烁、跳动等提高警示效果。For example, the displayed information can be text, image, video, and the warning effect can be improved by using color deepening, scrolling, flashing, and jumping.
例如,显示的位置应至少集中在驾驶员正对的前方,也可同时在副驾驶前方显示,对乘客进行提醒。For example, the displayed position should be at least concentrated in front of the driver, and it can also be displayed in front of the co-pilot at the same time to remind passengers.
例如,在AR-HUD上对关键信息进行标注和提示,存在潜在威胁车辆,可图示或语音提醒驾驶员威胁车辆信息;For example, by marking and prompting key information on AR-HUD, there is a potential threat to the vehicle, and the driver can be shown or voiced to remind the driver to threaten the vehicle information;
在AR-HUD上对关键信息进行标注和提示,存在潜在道路危险,可图示或语 音提醒驾驶员道路状况信息。Mark and prompt key information on the AR-HUD. If there is a potential road hazard, the driver can be reminded of road condition information with graphics or voice.
例如,参见图33所示的当确定车辆所在地区当前是恶劣天气情况时,可以在全车窗HUD展示警示信息的同时AR-HUD展示与道路融合的图像的意图,其中,实线部分是通过眼盒区域可以看到的道路部分,虚线部分是路径轮廓图展示的道路部分。For example, referring to Figure 33, when it is determined that the area where the vehicle is located is currently in severe weather, the AR-HUD can display the warning information while displaying the warning information on the full-window HUD, and the AR-HUD displays the intention of the image fused with the road. The part of the road that can be seen in the eye box area, and the dashed part is the part of the road shown in the path contour map.
例如,参见图34所示的潜在行驶危险目标为恶劣天气情况时所述ECU控制AR-HUD展示图像的流程图,所述ECU,用于当对所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息处理后确定出车辆周围存在需要标识的目标时,将标识所述目标的图像发送到AR-HUD,包括以下具体步骤:For example, referring to the flow chart of the ECU controlling the AR-HUD to display images when the potentially dangerous target for driving is bad weather conditions shown in FIG. 34, the ECU is used to process the environmental information and the driving information of the vehicle. After it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle, sending the image that identifies the target to the AR-HUD includes the following specific steps:
当确定所述车辆所在道路存在恶劣天气情况时,获取所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像并生成警示信息;When it is determined that there is a bad weather condition on the road where the vehicle is located, acquiring a bad weather road image of the road where the vehicle is located and generating warning information;
对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,确定所述车辆所在道路的亮度值;Processing the bad weather road image to determine the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located;
当所述亮度值小于亮度阈值时,生成远光灯开启提示信息,通过所述全车窗HUD展示所述远光灯开启提示信息,并从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置;When the brightness value is less than the brightness threshold, generate high beam turn-on prompt information, display the high-beam turn-on prompt information through the full-window HUD, and determine from the bad weather road image the location of the road where the vehicle is located Path profile and path position;
根据所述路径位置,确定出所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离;Determine the distance between the road where the vehicle is located and the eye box area according to the path position;
将与所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;其中,所述像距为所述像源在曲面镜上所成图像与曲面镜之间的距离;The image distance that matches the distance between the road where the vehicle is located and the eye box area is used as the target image distance, and an image that matches the target image distance is selected from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD A source as a target image source; wherein the image distance is the distance between the image formed by the image source on the curved mirror and the curved mirror;
利用第六颜色,对所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓进行填充,得到车辆所在道路的路径轮廓图;Use the sixth color to fill the path contour of the road where the vehicle is located to obtain a path contour map of the road where the vehicle is located;
根据所述车辆所在道路的路径位置,通过所述目标像源将所述路径轮廓图投射到所述车辆所在道路上,使得所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合。According to the path position of the road where the vehicle is located, the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述ECU向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像。For example, in the above steps, the ECU sends an image acquisition instruction to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects bad weather road images of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述恶劣天气道路图像后,将所述恶劣天气道路图像发送给ECU。For example, after receiving the image acquisition instruction, the image sensor collects the bad weather road image, and then sends the bad weather road image to the ECU.
例如,在上述步骤中,采用图像亮度算法,对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,将处理得到的图像亮度值确定为所述车辆所在道路的亮度值。具体过程,这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the image brightness algorithm is used to process the bad weather road image, and the processed image brightness value is determined as the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located. The specific process will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,通过所述AR-HUD展示所述远光灯开启提示信息的过程与传统HUD的显示信息的过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the process of displaying the high beam turn-on prompt information through the AR-HUD is similar to the process of displaying information of a traditional HUD, and will not be repeated here.
例如,所述ECU可以采用任何图像处理技术,从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, the ECU may use any image processing technology to determine the path profile and path position of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image. The specific process is not repeated here.
例如,所述远光灯开启提示信息,可以是“请开启远光灯”。For example, the prompt message for turning on the high beam may be "please turn on the high beam".
例如,在上述步骤中,从所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓中得到所述车辆所在道路的几何中心,利用测距传感器测量所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离,并对所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离,与测量所述车辆所在道路的几何中心与车辆的距离的测距传感器与眼盒区域的距离进行求和计算,将求和计算的结果确定为所述车辆所在道路与所述眼盒区域的距离。For example, in the above steps, the geometric center of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained from the path profile of the road where the vehicle is located, and the distance between the geometric center of the road where the vehicle is located and the vehicle is measured by a distance measuring sensor, and the vehicle The distance between the geometric center of the road and the vehicle, and the distance between the distance measuring sensor that measures the distance between the geometric center of the road and the vehicle and the eye box area are calculated, and the result of the sum calculation is determined as the vehicle The distance between the road and the eye box area.
例如,在上述步骤中,确定目标像源的具体过程,与上述确定眼盒区域与所述移动目标的距离过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, in the foregoing steps, the specific process of determining the target image source is similar to the foregoing process of determining the distance between the eye box area and the moving target, and will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第六颜色,可以是红色、蓝色、绿色等醒目的颜色。For example, in the above steps, the sixth color may be an eye-catching color such as red, blue, and green.
例如,在上述步骤中,如图33所示,虚线部分是路径轮廓图展示的道路部分。For example, in the above steps, as shown in FIG. 33, the dashed part is the road part shown in the path profile diagram.
例如,参见图35所示的潜在行驶危险目标为所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况时所述ECU控制AR-HUD展示图像的流程图,所述ECU,用于当对所述环境信息和所述车辆的行驶信息处理后确定出车辆周围存在需要标识的目标时,将标识所述目标的图像发送到AR-HUD,包括以下具体步骤:For example, referring to the flow chart in which the ECU controls the AR-HUD to display images when the potentially dangerous target for driving is a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located, as shown in FIG. After the driving information of the vehicle is processed, it is determined that there is a target that needs to be identified around the vehicle, and the image that identifies the target is sent to the AR-HUD, including the following specific steps:
例如,当获取到所述车辆所在道路的状况信息且所述车辆与发生所述危险状况对应道路状况的路段之间的距离小于道路状况显示距离阈值时,获取所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像并生成警示信息;其中,所述道路状况图像,包括:所述车辆所在道路中发生道路状况的路段;For example, when the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained and the distance between the vehicle and the road section corresponding to the road condition where the dangerous condition occurs is less than the road condition display distance threshold, the road condition image of the road where the vehicle is located is obtained And generate warning information; wherein, the road condition image includes: a road section where a road condition occurs in the road where the vehicle is located;
例如,从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓和路段位置,并根据所述路段位置,确定发生所述危险状况的路段与所述车辆的距离;例如,该距离可通过智能导航系统获取;For example, the road section profile and the road section position of the road section where the road condition occurs are determined from the road state image, and the distance between the road section where the dangerous situation occurs and the vehicle is determined according to the road section position; for example, the The distance can be obtained through the intelligent navigation system;
例如,将与发生所述道路状况的路段与所述车辆的距离相匹配的像距作为目标像距,并从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源;For example, take the image distance that matches the distance between the road section where the road condition occurs and the vehicle as the target image distance, and select the AR-HUD image source to match the target image distance The image source of as the target image source;
例如,利用第七颜色,对发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓进行填充,得到发生所述道路状况的路段的状况轮廓图;For example, using the seventh color to fill in the road section contour of the road section where the road condition occurs, to obtain the state contour map of the road section where the road condition occurs;
例如,通过所述目标像源将所述状况轮廓图投射到发生所述道路状况的路段上,使得所述状况轮廓图与发生所述道路状况的路段融合。For example, the condition contour map is projected onto the road section where the road condition occurs through the target image source, so that the condition contour diagram is merged with the road section where the road condition occurs.
例如,在上述步骤中,发生道路状况的路段,可以是但不限于:检修路段、损坏路段、交通事故路段、以及设置有障碍路段。For example, in the above steps, the road section where the road condition occurs may be, but not limited to: a repaired road section, a damaged road section, a traffic accident road section, and a road section with obstacles.
所述道路状况显示距离阈值,可以是0到2公里之间的任意距离。The road condition display distance threshold can be any distance between 0 and 2 kilometers.
所述ECU向所述车辆上安装的图像传感器发送图像获取指令,使得所述车辆上安装的图像传感器采集所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像。The ECU sends an image acquisition instruction to the image sensor installed on the vehicle, so that the image sensor installed on the vehicle collects road conditions images of the road where the vehicle is located.
例如,图像传感器接收到图像获取指令后,采集所述道路状况图像,测距传感器测量车辆与发生道路状况的路段的距离,根据图像测距传感器自身的传感器标 识、所述道路状况图像、以及车辆与发生道路状况的路段的距离生成道路状况距离信息,将所述道路状况距离信息发送给ECU。For example, after the image sensor receives the image acquisition instruction, it collects the image of the road condition, and the distance measuring sensor measures the distance between the vehicle and the road section where the road condition occurs. According to the sensor identification of the image distance sensor itself, the road condition image, and the vehicle The distance from the road section where the road condition occurs generates road condition distance information, and the road condition distance information is sent to the ECU.
例如,在上述步骤中,可以采用任何图像处理算法,从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述道路状况的路段的路段轮廓,具体过程这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, any image processing algorithm can be used to determine the road section contour of the road section where the road condition occurs from the road condition image, and the specific process will not be repeated here.
例如,在上述步骤中,确定目标像源的过程,与上述从所述AR-HUD的多个像源中选择出与所述目标像距相匹配的像源作为目标像源的步骤描述的过程类似,这里不再赘述。For example, in the above steps, the process of determining the target image source is the same as the process described above in the step of selecting the image source matching the target image distance from the multiple image sources of the AR-HUD as the target image source. Similar, I won't repeat it here.
例如,在上述步骤中,所述第七颜色,可以是红色、粉色、以及绿色。For example, in the above steps, the seventh color may be red, pink, and green.
例如,在有些情况下,需要对车辆的操作情况进行评价,并给出车辆的驾驶建议,参见图36所示的给出车辆驾驶建议时ECU所执行的流程图,所述ECU,还具体用于执行以下步骤:For example, in some cases, it is necessary to evaluate the operation of the vehicle and give driving recommendations for the vehicle. Refer to the flowchart shown in FIG. 36 which is executed by the ECU when giving driving recommendations for the vehicle. The ECU is also specifically used To perform the following steps:
当根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,生成所述车辆的操作建议信息时,采集所述观察者的车辆操作视频,并通过所述全车窗HUD将所述操作建议信息展示;When the operation advice information of the vehicle is generated according to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle status information of the vehicle, the vehicle operation video of the observer is collected, and the vehicle operation video is collected through the full-window HUD. The operation suggestion information display;
当确定操作规定时长内未检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,生成危险驾驶信息,通过所述全车窗HUD将所述危险驾驶信息进行展示,并对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation advice information is not detected within the specified operation time, dangerous driving information is generated, the dangerous driving information is displayed through the full-window HUD, and the driving vehicle index is decremented;
当确定操作规定时长内检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation suggestion information is detected within the specified operation time period, an incremental operation is performed on the driving vehicle index;
当确定所述车辆未被操作的时长大于停车时间阈值时,停止采集车辆操作视频,并将所述驾驶车辆指数和采集到的所述车辆操作视频发送到所述全车窗HUD进行展示。When it is determined that the length of time the vehicle has not been operated is greater than the parking time threshold, stop collecting vehicle operation videos, and send the driving vehicle index and the collected vehicle operation videos to the full-window HUD for display.
在上述步骤中,所述导航信息是从导航设备获取到的;所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息是从OBD中获取到的。In the above steps, the navigation information is obtained from a navigation device; the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information of the vehicle are obtained from OBD.
根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息,生成所述车辆的操作建议信息的过程,这里不再赘述。The process of generating the operation suggestion information of the vehicle according to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle state information of the vehicle is not repeated here.
所述操作建议信息,包括但不限于:建议行驶路线信息、建议档位信息、障碍提示信息、建议速度信息、和建议制动信息。The operation advice information includes, but is not limited to: recommended driving route information, recommended gear information, obstacle prompt information, recommended speed information, and recommended braking information.
在上述步骤中,所述操作规定时长可以是3到5秒之间的任何时间长度。In the above steps, the specified operation duration can be any length of time between 3 to 5 seconds.
所述驾驶车辆指数,用于评价车辆操作的合理程度;所述驾驶车辆指数越大,说明车辆操作越合理。The driving vehicle index is used to evaluate the reasonable degree of vehicle operation; the larger the driving vehicle index, the more reasonable the vehicle operation.
对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作,是指在当前驾驶车辆指数的基础上,减去固定的指数变量,从而得到减量操作后的驾驶车辆指数。Decreasing the driving vehicle index refers to subtracting a fixed index variable from the current driving vehicle index to obtain the driving vehicle index after the decrement operation.
在上述步骤中,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作的过程与对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作的过程类似,这里不再赘述。综上所述,本公开至少一实施例提出的多层次 成像系统,设置有全车窗HUD,所述全车窗HUD的排布方式与所述挡风玻璃的可视区域相匹配,使得所述全车窗HUD发出的光线呈现出的图像能够覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域,与相关技术中基于自由曲面反射镜、FOV较小的传统HUD相比,由于全车窗HUD中多个光源的排布方式与所述挡风玻璃的可视区域相匹配,使得全车窗HUD发出的光线能够展示一个覆盖所述挡风玻璃的可视区域的图像,达到了能够在挡风玻璃的可视区域内的任何位置显示图像的目的,从而可以通过全车窗HUD显示更加丰富的内容,提高了HUD的使用体验。In the above steps, the process of incrementing the driving vehicle index is similar to the process of decrementing the driving vehicle index, and will not be repeated here. In summary, the multi-level imaging system proposed by at least one embodiment of the present disclosure is provided with a full-window HUD, and the arrangement of the full-window HUD matches the visible area of the windshield, so that all The image presented by the light emitted by the full-window HUD can cover the visible area of the windshield. Compared with the conventional HUD based on free-form surface mirrors and smaller FOV in the related art, the full-window HUD has more The arrangement of the individual light sources matches the visible area of the windshield, so that the light emitted by the full-window HUD can display an image covering the visible area of the windshield. The purpose of displaying images at any position in the visible area, so that richer content can be displayed through the full-window HUD, which improves the HUD experience.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种交通工具,包括以上任一实施例提供的多层次成像系统或者抬头显示器。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a vehicle, including the multi-level imaging system or the head-up display provided in any of the above embodiments.
例如,该交通工具还包括成像窗,所述抬头显示器包括第一子抬头显示器和第二子抬头显示器,该第二子抬头显示器包括投影设备和光线控制装置;所述投影设备用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线;所述光线控制装置用于改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,以使所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度且竖直方向视场角不小于5度;所述投影设备安装在所述交通工具内;所述光线控制装置设置在所述交通工具的中控台与所述成像窗相对的表面上。For example, the vehicle further includes an imaging window, the head-up display includes a first sub-head-up display and a second sub-head-up display, and the second sub-head-up display includes a projection device and a light control device; The light to the light control device; the light control device is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection equipment, so that the horizontal field angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees and the vertical direction The field of view angle is not less than 5 degrees; the projection equipment is installed in the vehicle; the light control device is installed on the surface of the center console of the vehicle opposite to the imaging window.
例如,该交通工具可以包括但不限于车辆、航空器或水上交通工具等,本公开至少一实施例对此不作限制。For example, the vehicle may include, but is not limited to, a vehicle, an aircraft, or a water vehicle, which is not limited in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure.
本公开至少一实施例还提供一种多层次成像系统的成像方法,所述多层次成像系统包括眼盒区域和抬头显示器,所述成像方法包括:获取驾驶信息并发送到所述抬头显示器;根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域距离不等。At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an imaging method of a multi-level imaging system, the multi-level imaging system includes an eye box area and a head-up display, the imaging method includes: acquiring driving information and sending it to the head-up display; The driving information controls the head-up display to emit multiple rays of light to respectively display multi-layer images to display the driving information, and at least part of the multi-layer images are at different distances from the eye box area.
例如,根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息包括:根据所述驾驶信息形成显示数据,根据驾驶员的个人信息对所述显示数据进行处理,并根据处理后的显示数据控制全车窗抬头显示器发出光线到所述车辆的挡风玻璃。For example, controlling the head-up display to emit multiple lights according to the driving information to display multiple layers of images to display the driving information includes: forming display data according to the driving information, and comparing the display data according to the personal information of the driver. Process, and control the full-window head-up display to emit light to the windshield of the vehicle according to the processed display data.
例如,述处理包括以下至少之一:提高图像色彩饱和度处理、图像的颜色转换处理、图像的形状转换处理。For example, the processing includes at least one of the following: image color saturation enhancement processing, image color conversion processing, and image shape conversion processing.
例如,据驾驶员的个人信息对所述显示数据进行处理包括:识别所述驾驶员的身份信息,并根据所述身份信息确定所述驾驶员的个人信息。For example, processing the display data according to the driver's personal information includes: identifying the driver's identity information, and determining the driver's personal information based on the identity information.
例如,可将个人信息,如为色弱/色盲患者等信息,存储于车内处理器中,车内的身份识别系统,通过虹膜、指纹、声纹、人脸等信息识别当前用户的身份信息,根据所述身份信息查询所述用户的色觉分析结果,确定后续图像信息转换的模式,如色弱驾驶员则增强图像色彩饱和度,红绿色盲驾驶员则对红绿图像进行转换处理,蓝黄色盲驾驶员则对黄色图像进行转换处理;然后通过设置在车辆内的信息采集和测试装置对驾驶员进行色觉分析,并根据分析结果确定后续图像信息转换的模式,如色弱驾驶 员则增强图像色彩饱和度,红绿色盲驾驶员则对红绿图像进行转换处理,蓝黄色盲驾驶员则对黄色图像进行转换处理,同时采集到的信息或者也可以存储供以后调用。For example, personal information, such as those with color weakness/color blindness, can be stored in the in-car processor. The in-car identification system can identify the current user’s identity information through iris, fingerprint, voiceprint, face and other information. Query the user’s color perception analysis results according to the identity information, and determine the subsequent image information conversion mode. If the driver is color weak, the image color saturation will be enhanced, and the red-green-blind driver will convert the red-green image. Blue-yellow blindness The driver converts the yellow image; then analyzes the driver's color perception through the information collection and testing device installed in the vehicle, and determines the subsequent image information conversion mode based on the analysis result. If the driver is color weak, the image color saturation is enhanced Red-green-blind drivers convert the red-green images, and blue-yellow-blind drivers convert the yellow images. At the same time, the collected information can also be stored for later recall.
例如,可以通过车辆内外设置的传感器,采集驾驶信息,包括车辆位置信息、周围的环境信息等,例如包括:For example, it is possible to collect driving information through sensors installed inside and outside the vehicle, including vehicle location information, surrounding environment information, etc., for example, including:
(1)通过车辆自带或外置的位置传感器,如GPS传感器,采集车辆的位置信息,当车辆接近或处于有交通信号灯的场景时当车辆接近或处于有交通信号灯的场景时,则启动图像传感器,采集车辆周围的环境信息;(1) Collect the location information of the vehicle through the vehicle's own or external location sensor, such as GPS sensor. When the vehicle is approaching or in a scene with traffic lights, the image is activated when the vehicle is approaching or in a scene with traffic lights. Sensors to collect environmental information around the vehicle;
(2)或直接通过设置在车辆内外的图像传感器,如摄像头等,采集车辆周围的环境信息;(2) Or directly collect environmental information around the vehicle through image sensors installed inside and outside the vehicle, such as a camera, etc.;
例如,对采集的数据进行分析处理,识别车辆附近是否有信号灯,如有,采集信号灯的图像,如此时交通信号灯的状态,包括颜色、形状等;或者,采集红绿灯、等待时间、路牌等交通信号灯的图像信息;或者,采集其他车辆的车灯信息,如前方车辆的转向灯、双闪灯等;For example, analyze and process the collected data to identify whether there are signal lights near the vehicle. If so, collect the image of the signal light, and the state of the traffic light at this time, including color, shape, etc.; or collect traffic lights such as traffic lights, waiting time, street signs, etc. Image information; or, collect the lamp information of other vehicles, such as the turn signal of the vehicle ahead, dual flashing lights, etc.;
例如,将分析处理后的数据进行转换处理,具体包括:For example, converting the data after analysis and processing includes:
(1)对采集到的信号灯图像数据,进行调色处理,调整图像的饱和度,转换为高饱和度的图像;(1) To color the collected signal light image data, adjust the saturation of the image, and convert it into a high-saturation image;
(2)对采集到的信号灯图像数据,进行转换处理,如一般信号灯为圆形,此时将红灯转换为方形色块图像,将绿灯转换为三角形色块图像,并附带文字显示;(2) Perform conversion processing on the collected signal light image data. For example, the general signal light is circular, at this time, the red light is converted into a square color block image, and the green light is converted into a triangular color block image with text display;
(3)对采集到的信号灯图像数据,进行转换处理,如将红灯、绿灯转换为红绿色盲可识别的颜色图像;(3) Perform conversion processing on the collected signal lamp image data, such as converting red and green lights into red-green color blindness recognizable color images;
(4)在以上方案的基础上,将采集到的图像数据转为文字显示、语音数据,如红灯亮起,数字标识还有90秒,用文字配合以上显示方式在HUD上进行显示,语音数据播报“此时红灯,还有90秒,89,88”。(4) On the basis of the above scheme, convert the collected image data into text display and voice data. If the red light is on, the digital logo has 90 seconds, and the text is displayed on the HUD with the above display method. The data broadcast "Red light at this time, there are 90 seconds, 89, 88".
例如,将转换后的图像信息在HUD上进行显示,使色弱/色盲的驾驶员可以接受到实时的交通信号,同时可配合语音提醒,进一步增强提示效果。For example, the converted image information is displayed on the HUD, so that drivers with color weakness/color blindness can receive real-time traffic signals, and at the same time, they can cooperate with voice reminders to further enhance the prompt effect.
以上所述仅是本公开的示范性实施方式,而非用于限制本公开的保护范围,本公开的保护范围由所附的权利要求确定。The above are only exemplary implementations of the present disclosure, and are not used to limit the protection scope of the present disclosure, which is determined by the appended claims.

Claims (38)

  1. 一种多层次成像系统,具有眼盒区域并且包括:电子控制单元以及抬头显示器,A multi-level imaging system has an eye box area and includes: an electronic control unit and a head-up display,
    其中,所述电子控制单元与所述抬头显示器通信连接;Wherein, the electronic control unit is in communication connection with the head-up display;
    所述电子控制单元用于获取驾驶信息,并将所述驾驶信息发送到所述抬头显示器,并且The electronic control unit is used to obtain driving information and send the driving information to the head-up display, and
    所述抬头显示器配置为展示所述驾驶信息;The head-up display is configured to display the driving information;
    所述抬头显示器配置为发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域的距离不等。The head-up display is configured to emit multiple channels of light to respectively display multiple layers of images to display the driving information, and at least part of the multiple layers of images are at different distances from the eye box area.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述抬头显示器包括第一子抬头显示器,所述第一子抬头显示器为增强现实抬头显示器。The multi-level imaging system according to claim 1, wherein the head-up display comprises a first sub-head-up display, and the first sub-head-up display is an augmented reality head-up display.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的多层次成像系统,其中,The multi-level imaging system according to claim 2, wherein:
    所述增强现实抬头显示配置为显示单层图像;或者The augmented reality head-up display is configured to display a single-layer image; or
    所述增强现实抬头显示器被配置为发出所述多路光线中的至少两路光线以显示所述多层图像中的至少两层图像。The augmented reality head-up display is configured to emit at least two rays of the multiple rays of light to display at least two layers of the multi-layer image.
  4. 根据权利要2或3任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括像源、平面镜和曲面镜,所述像源发出的光线经过所述曲面镜反射后入射到所述平面镜,并在所述平面镜上发生反射后射出;或者,The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 2 or 3, wherein the augmented reality head-up display includes an image source, a flat mirror and a curved mirror, and the light emitted by the image source is reflected by the curved mirror and then enters the Said plane mirror, and emits after being reflected on said plane mirror; or,
    所述增强现实抬头显示器包括曲面镜和至少两个像源;The augmented reality head-up display includes a curved mirror and at least two image sources;
    所述至少两个像源用于分别发出所述至少两路光线;所述至少两路光线在分别发出各路光线的像源与所述曲面镜之间的传播路径长度不同;The at least two image sources are used to respectively emit the at least two paths of light; the at least two paths of light have different propagation path lengths between the image source that respectively emits the respective paths of light and the curved mirror;
    所述曲面镜用于反射入射至所述曲面镜的所述至少两路光线。The curved mirror is used to reflect the at least two rays of light incident on the curved mirror.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜;The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the at least two image sources included in the augmented reality head-up display include a first image source and a second image source, and the augmented reality head-up display It also includes the first transflective membrane;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, and the second image source is configured to emit a second light;
    所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线,以及反射所述第二光线;The first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the second light;
    或者,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜和第二透反膜;Alternatively, the at least two image sources included in the augmented reality head-up display include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a second transflective film. Anti-film
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light;
    所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第二光线及所述第三光线;The first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the second light and the third light;
    所述第二透反膜配置为反射所述第三光线以及透射所述第一光线;The second transflective film is configured to reflect the third light and transmit the first light;
    或者,or,
    所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜和第二透反膜;The at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source, and the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first transflective film and a second transflective film;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light;
    所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线和所述第三光线以及反射所述第二光线;The first transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and the third light and to reflect the second light;
    所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第一光线以及反射所述第三光线;The second transflective film is configured to transmit the first light and reflect the third light;
    或者,or,
    所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜、第二透反膜和第一反射镜;所述第一反射镜包括平面反射镜;The at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source. The head-up display further includes a first transflective film, a second transflective film, and a first mirror; the first The reflector includes a flat reflector;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light;
    所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第一光线;The first transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the first light;
    所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;The second transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light;
    所述平面反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线;The plane mirror is configured to reflect the first light, the second light, and the third light;
    或者,or,
    所述至少两个像源包括第一像源、第二像源和第三像源,所述抬头显示器还包括第一透反膜、第二透反膜和第一反射镜;所述第一反射镜包括平面反射镜;The at least two image sources include a first image source, a second image source, and a third image source. The head-up display further includes a first transflective film, a second transflective film, and a first mirror; the first The reflector includes a flat reflector;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线,所述第三像源配置为发出第三光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, the second image source is configured to emit a second light, and the third image source is configured to emit a third light;
    所述第一透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第一光线;The first transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the first light;
    所述第二透反膜配置为透射所述第二光线以及反射所述第三光线;The second transflective film is configured to transmit the second light and reflect the third light;
    所述平面反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线、所述第二光线及所述第三光线。The plane mirror is configured to reflect the first light, the second light, and the third light.
  6. 根据权利要求2-4任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一反射镜;The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the at least two image sources include a first image source and a second image source, and the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first mirror;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, and the second image source is configured to emit a second light;
    所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线和所述第二光线;The first reflecting mirror is configured to reflect the first light and the second light;
    所述第一反射镜包括平面反射镜;The first reflecting mirror includes a flat reflecting mirror;
    所述平面反射镜将所述至少两个像源发出的所述至少两路光线反射到所述曲面镜;The plane reflecting mirror reflects the at least two rays of light emitted by the at least two image sources to the curved mirror;
    或者,or,
    所述至少两个像源包括第一像源和第二像源,所述增强现实抬头显示器还包括第一反射镜和第二反射镜;The at least two image sources include a first image source and a second image source, and the augmented reality head-up display further includes a first mirror and a second mirror;
    所述第一像源配置为发出第一光线,所述第二像源配置为发出第二光线;The first image source is configured to emit a first light, and the second image source is configured to emit a second light;
    所述第一反射镜配置为反射所述第一光线;The first reflecting mirror is configured to reflect the first light;
    所述第二反射镜配置为反射所述第二光线。The second reflecting mirror is configured to reflect the second light.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6任一所述的多层次成像系统,The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 2-6,
    其中,所述电子控制单元,还用于当对所述驾驶信息处理后确定出需要标识的外界目标时,将标识所述外界目标的信息发送到所述第一子抬头显示器;Wherein, the electronic control unit is further configured to send the information identifying the external target to the first head-up display when the external target that needs to be identified is determined after processing the driving information;
    所述第一子抬头显示器显示的图像与所述外界目标距离匹配且与所述外界目标融合。The image displayed on the first sub-head-up display matches the distance of the external target and merges with the external target.
  8. 根据权利要求2-7所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述抬头显示器还包括第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度,所述第二子抬头显示器的竖直方向视场角不小于5度。The multi-level imaging system according to claims 2-7, wherein the head-up display further comprises a second sub-head-up display, and the horizontal field angle of the second sub-head-up display is not less than 15 degrees, and the second head-up display The vertical viewing angle of the sub-head-up display is not less than 5 degrees.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述第二子抬头显示器包括投影设备和光线控制装置;8. The multi-level imaging system according to claim 8, wherein the second sub-head-up display comprises a projection device and a light control device;
    所述投影设备用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线;The projection equipment is used to emit light that can be incident on the light control device;
    所述光线控制装置用于改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,以使所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度且竖直方向视场角不小于5度。The light control device is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection device, so that the horizontal field angle of the second head-up display is not less than 15 degrees and the vertical field angle is not less than 5 degrees.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述光线控制装置包括:光线会聚单元和弥散元件;9. The multi-level imaging system according to claim 9, wherein the light control device comprises: a light converging unit and a dispersion element;
    所述光线会聚单元用于将所述入射到所述光线控制装置的光线沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;The light converging unit is used to reflect the light incident on the light control device to the dispersion element in a direction opposite to the incident direction of the light;
    所述弥散元件将入射的光线扩散并形成用于形成光斑的光束。The dispersion element diffuses the incident light and forms a light beam for forming a light spot.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述光线会聚单元,包括:倒三角锥微结构、支撑结构和基板层;The multi-level imaging system according to claim 10, wherein the light converging unit comprises: an inverted triangular pyramid microstructure, a supporting structure and a substrate layer;
    倒三角锥微结构和所述支撑结构设置在所述基板层上,且所述倒三角锥微结构位于所述支撑结构远离所述基板层的一侧;The inverted triangular pyramid microstructure and the supporting structure are arranged on the substrate layer, and the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is located on the side of the supporting structure away from the substrate layer;
    所述倒三角锥微结构的折射率大于所述支撑结构的折射率;所述倒三角锥微结构配置为将所述入射光线中入射角大于临界角的光线以全反射的方式沿所述光线的入射方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件。The refractive index of the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is greater than the refractive index of the support structure; the inverted triangular pyramid microstructure is configured to totally reflect light rays with an incident angle greater than a critical angle in the incident light rays. The direction opposite to the incident direction is reflected to the dispersive element.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述光线会聚单元,包括:在光线的入射方向上依次设置的光线会聚层、隔离层、平面反射层、以及衬底;10. The multi-level imaging system according to claim 10, wherein the light converging unit comprises: a light converging layer, an isolation layer, a plane reflection layer, and a substrate sequentially arranged in the incident direction of the light;
    所述平面反射层位于所述光线会聚层的焦平面上;The plane reflection layer is located on the focal plane of the light converging layer;
    所述光线会聚层和所述平面反射层分别采用不同的超材料制成;The light condensing layer and the plane reflective layer are made of different metamaterials;
    所述光线会聚层,用于通过改变入射的光线的相位,将入射的光线会聚到所述平面反射层上,并用于将所述平面反射层反射回的光线沿光线入射所述光线会聚层的方向的相反方向反射至所述弥散元件;The light condensing layer is used to converge the incident light onto the plane reflective layer by changing the phase of the incident light, and is used to reflect the light back from the plane reflective layer along the light incident on the light converging layer The direction opposite to the direction is reflected to the dispersion element;
    所述平面反射层,用于改变所述光线会聚层会聚的光线的相位,并将相位改变 后的光线反射至所述光线会聚层。The plane reflection layer is used for changing the phase of the light condensed by the light converging layer, and reflecting the light after the phase change to the light converging layer.
  13. 根据权利要求9-12任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,对于同一外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置为根据所述驾驶信息,控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第一信息,并且控制所述第二子抬头显示器显示所述外界目标的第二信息,所述第一信息和所述第二信息包括的内容至少部分不同。The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein for the same external target, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub head-up display to display the external target according to the driving information And controlling the second head-up display to display the second information of the external target, and the content included in the first information and the second information is at least partially different.
  14. 如权利要求9-12任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,对于多个外界目标,所述电子控制单元还配置控制所述第一子抬头显示器显示满足第一选取条件的第一外界目标,并且控制第二子抬头显示器显示满足第二选取条件的第二外界目标,所述第一条件和所述第二条件不同,所述第一外界目标和所述第二外界目标不同。The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein, for a plurality of external targets, the electronic control unit is further configured to control the first sub-head-up display to display the first external targets satisfying the first selection condition And controlling the second head-up display to display a second external target that meets a second selection condition, where the first condition and the second condition are different, and the first external target and the second external target are different.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述驾驶信息包括:The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for a vehicle, and the driving information includes:
    所述车辆的车速信息;以及Speed information of the vehicle; and
    所述车辆与周围车辆之间的车距信息,其中,所述周围车辆包括:位于所述车辆前方的前方车辆、位于所述车辆后面的后方车辆、位于所述车辆左侧的左侧方车辆、以及位于所述车辆右侧的右侧方车辆中的至少一者;Vehicle distance information between the vehicle and surrounding vehicles, wherein the surrounding vehicles include: a front vehicle located in front of the vehicle, a rear vehicle located behind the vehicle, and a left vehicle located on the left side of the vehicle , And at least one of the right side vehicles located on the right side of the vehicle;
    所述电子控制单元,还被配置为用于:The electronic control unit is also configured to:
    获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的第一距离、所述车辆与所述后方车辆之间的第二距离、所述车辆与所述左侧方车辆之间的第三距离、以及所述车辆与所述右侧方车辆之间的第四距离中的至少一者;Acquire the first distance between the vehicle and the front vehicle, the second distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle, the third distance between the vehicle and the left vehicle, and the At least one of the fourth distance between the vehicle and the vehicle on the right;
    根据所述车辆的车速信息,确定所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的第一安全距离阈值;Determine the first safe distance threshold between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle according to the vehicle speed information of the vehicle;
    当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,生成第一预警信息,并将所述第一预警信息发送到所述抬头显示器进行展示;When the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold, generating first warning information, and sending the first warning information to the head-up display for display;
    当所述第二距离小于等于第二安全距离阈值时,生成第二预警信息,并将所述第二预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示;其中,所述第二安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述后方车辆的安全行驶距离;When the second distance is less than or equal to the second safety distance threshold, second warning information is generated, and the second warning information is sent to the head-up display for display; wherein, the second safety distance threshold is used to indicate all The safe driving distance between the vehicle and the rear vehicle;
    当所述第三距离和/或者所述第四距离小于等于第三安全距离阈值时,生成第三预警信息,并将所述第三预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示;其中,所述第三安全距离阈值,用于表示所述车辆与所述侧方车辆的安全行驶距离。When the third distance and/or the fourth distance is less than or equal to the third safety distance threshold, third warning information is generated, and the third warning information is sent to the head-up display for display; wherein, the third The safe distance threshold is used to indicate the safe driving distance between the vehicle and the side vehicle.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述电子控制单元用于:The multi-level imaging system according to claim 15, wherein the electronic control unit is used for:
    当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值时,When the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safe distance threshold,
    生成第一预警信息;Generate the first warning information;
    获取所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像;Acquiring a path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
    根据获取到的所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径图像,识别出所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径;Identifying the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle according to the acquired path image between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle;
    从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from the multiple image sources of the head-up display;
    利用第一颜色标识生成第一路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第一路径标识指令发送到所述抬头显示器中的目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第一颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来,并且将所述第一预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示;Use the first color identification to generate a first path identification instruction, and send the generated first path identification instruction to the target image source in the head-up display, and control the target image source to connect the vehicle with the preceding vehicle The paths between are displayed with the color corresponding to the first color mark, and the first warning information is sent to the target image source for display;
    当所述第一距离大于所述第一安全距离阈值时,根据所述第一距离从所述抬头显示器的所述多个像源中选择出目标像源;When the first distance is greater than the first safe distance threshold, selecting a target image source from the multiple image sources of the head-up display according to the first distance;
    利用第二颜色标识生成第二路径标识指令,并将生成的所述第二路径标识指令发送到所述目标像源,控制所述目标像源将所述车辆与所述前方车辆之间的路径用所述第二颜色标识对应的颜色展示出来;Use the second color identification to generate a second path identification instruction, and send the generated second path identification instruction to the target image source, and control the target image source to transfer the path between the vehicle and the preceding vehicle Use the color corresponding to the second color mark to display;
    当所述第一距离小于制动操作长度阈值时且当所述第一距离小于等于确定的所述第一安全距离阈值的时长大于第一预设时长阈值时,生成制动指令;When the first distance is less than the braking operation length threshold and when the first distance is less than or equal to the determined first safety distance threshold and the duration is greater than the first preset duration threshold, generating a braking instruction;
    利用生成的所述制动指令,控制所述车辆执行制动操作。Using the generated braking instruction, the vehicle is controlled to perform a braking operation.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述电子控制单元还配置为:The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for vehicles, and the electronic control unit is further configured to:
    当所述车辆的所在位置是人流密集区域时,获取所述车辆的周围环境图像;When the location of the vehicle is a crowded area, acquiring an image of the surrounding environment of the vehicle;
    当根据所述周围环境图像确定所述车辆周围存在非机动车时,确定所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离;When it is determined that there is a non-motorized vehicle around the vehicle according to the surrounding environment image, determine the distance between the non-motorized vehicle and the vehicle;
    当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息,并将所述碰撞预警信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示。When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, collision warning information is generated, and the collision warning information is sent to a head-up display for display.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的多层次成像系统,所述电子控制单元还配置为:The multi-level imaging system according to claim 17, wherein the electronic control unit is further configured to:
    当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离小于碰撞安全距离阈值时,生成碰撞预警信息;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than the collision safety distance threshold, generating collision warning information;
    根据所述非机动车的所在位置以及根据所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第一尺寸,并基于所述周围环境图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第一形状;According to the location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, determine the first size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle, and based on the surrounding environment image The outline of the non-motor vehicle in, determining the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame;
    从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from the multiple image sources of the head-up display;
    利用第三颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第一尺寸和第一形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第三颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第一尺寸和第一形状生成所述非机动车指示框,并根据所述非机动车的所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起,将所述非机动车标识出来,并且将所述碰撞预警信息发送到目标像源进行展示。Use the third color identification, the first size and the first shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the third color , Generating the non-motor vehicle indicator frame according to the determined first size and first shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indicator frame and the non-motor vehicle together according to the location of the non-motor vehicle to combine all The non-motor vehicle is identified, and the collision warning information is sent to the target image source for display.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:当所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离大于碰撞安全距离阈值时,The multi-level imaging system according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the electronic control unit is further configured to: when the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than a collision safety distance threshold,
    确定所述非机动车的所在位置;Determine the location of the non-motor vehicle;
    当所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离小于等于预警距离阈值时,根据所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离从所述抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is less than or equal to the warning distance threshold, selecting the target image source from the head-up display according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
    控制所述目标像源利用所述第四颜色标识对应的颜色在所述非机动车的所在位置生成预警图形;其中,所述预警图形与所述非机动车融合到一起。The target image source is controlled to use the color corresponding to the fourth color mark to generate an early warning graphic at the location of the non-motor vehicle; wherein the early warning graphic is fused with the non-motor vehicle.
  20. 根据权利要求17或19所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:The multi-level imaging system according to claim 17 or 19, wherein the electronic control unit is further configured to:
    当所述非机动车与所述车辆之间的距离大于所述预警距离阈值时,获取非机动车图像,并确定所述非机动车的当前所在位置;When the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle is greater than the warning distance threshold, acquiring a non-motor vehicle image, and determining the current location of the non-motor vehicle;
    根据所述非机动车的所述当前所在位置以及所述非机动车与车辆之间的距离,确定出与所述非机动车融合的非机动车指示框的第二尺寸,并基于所述非机动车图像中的非机动车轮廓,确定所述非机动车指示框的第二形状;According to the current location of the non-motor vehicle and the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle, determine the second size of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame fused with the non-motor vehicle, and based on the non-motor vehicle Determining the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame in the contour of the non-motor vehicle in the image of the motor vehicle;
    根据所述非机动车与车辆的距离从所述抬头显示器中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from the head-up display according to the distance between the non-motor vehicle and the vehicle;
    利用第五颜色标识、非机动车指示框的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车标识指令,通过所述非机动车标识指令控制所述目标像源利用所述第五颜色标识对应的颜色,按照确定的第二尺寸和第二形状生成非机动车指示框,并基于所述非机动车的当前所在位置将所述非机动车指示框与所述非机动车融合到一起。Use the fifth color identification, the second size and the second shape of the non-motor vehicle indicator frame to generate a non-motor vehicle identification instruction, and use the non-motor vehicle identification instruction to control the target image source to identify the color corresponding to the fifth color , Generating a non-motor vehicle indication frame according to the determined second size and second shape, and fusing the non-motor vehicle indication frame with the non-motor vehicle based on the current location of the non-motor vehicle.
  21. 根据权利要求1-20任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述交通工具为车辆,所述多层次成像系统用于车辆,所述驾驶信息还包括:天气信息和所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-20, wherein the vehicle is a vehicle, the multi-level imaging system is used for a vehicle, and the driving information further includes: weather information and the road on which the vehicle is located Status information;
    所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:The electronic control unit is also configured to:
    获取天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息;Obtaining weather information and/or status information of the road where the vehicle is located;
    当根据所述天气信息和/或者所述车辆所在道路的状况信息,确定所述车辆周围存在潜在行驶危险目标时,生成警示信息,并将生成的警示信息发送到抬头显示器进行展示。When it is determined that there are potentially dangerous driving targets around the vehicle based on the weather information and/or the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located, warning information is generated, and the generated warning information is sent to a head-up display for display.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述潜在行驶危险目标包括:恶劣天气情况;The multi-level imaging system according to claim 21, wherein the potentially dangerous driving target includes: severe weather conditions;
    所述电子控制单元配置为:The electronic control unit is configured as:
    当确定所述车辆所在道路存在恶劣天气情况时,获取所述车辆所在道路的恶劣天气道路图像并生成警示信息;When it is determined that there is a bad weather condition on the road where the vehicle is located, acquiring a bad weather road image of the road where the vehicle is located and generating warning information;
    对所述恶劣天气道路图像进行处理,确定所述车辆所在道路的亮度值;Processing the bad weather road image to determine the brightness value of the road where the vehicle is located;
    当所述亮度值小于亮度阈值时,生成远光灯开启提示信息,通过所述抬头显示器展示所述远光灯开启提示信息,并从所述恶劣天气道路图像中确定出车辆所在道路的路径轮廓和路径位置;When the brightness value is less than the brightness threshold, generate high beam turn-on prompt information, display the high-beam turn-on prompt information through the head-up display, and determine the path profile of the road where the vehicle is located from the bad weather road image And path location;
    根据所述路径位置,从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;Selecting a target image source from a plurality of image sources on the head-up display according to the path position;
    利用第六颜色,对所述车辆所在道路的路径轮廓进行填充,得到车辆所在道路 的路径轮廓图;Use the sixth color to fill the path contour of the road where the vehicle is located to obtain a path contour map of the road where the vehicle is located;
    根据所述车辆所在道路的路径位置,通过所述目标像源将所述路径轮廓图投射到所述车辆所在道路上,使得所述路径轮廓图与所述车辆所在道路融合,同时将所述警示信息发送到所述抬头显示器进行展示。According to the path position of the road where the vehicle is located, the path contour map is projected onto the road where the vehicle is located through the target image source, so that the path contour map merges with the road where the vehicle is located, and the warning The information is sent to the head-up display for display.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述潜在行驶危险目标包括:所述车辆所在道路前方的危险状况;The multi-level imaging system according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the potentially dangerous driving target includes: a dangerous situation in front of the road where the vehicle is located;
    所述电子控制单元配置为:The electronic control unit is configured as:
    当获取到所述车辆所在道路的状况信息且所述车辆与发生所述危险状况的路段之间的距离小于道路状况显示距离阈值时,获取所述车辆所在道路的道路状况图像并生成警示信息;其中,所述道路状况图像,包括:所述车辆所在道路中发生道路状况的路段;When the condition information of the road where the vehicle is located is acquired and the distance between the vehicle and the road section where the dangerous condition occurs is less than the road condition display distance threshold, acquiring the road condition image of the road where the vehicle is located and generating warning information; Wherein, the road condition image includes: a road section where a road condition occurs in the road where the vehicle is located;
    从所述道路状况图像中确定出发生所述危险状况的路段的路段轮廓和路段位置,并根据所述路段位置,从所述抬头显示器的多个像源中选择出目标像源;Determine the road section contour and road section position of the road section where the dangerous condition occurs from the road condition image, and select a target image source from a plurality of image sources on the head-up display according to the road section position;
    利用第七颜色,对发生所述危险状况的路段的路段轮廓进行填充,得到发生所述道路状况的路段的状况轮廓图;Use the seventh color to fill in the road section contour of the road section where the dangerous condition occurs, to obtain the state contour map of the road section where the road condition occurs;
    通过所述目标像源将所述状况轮廓图投射到发生所述道路状况的路段上,使得所述状况轮廓图与发生所述道路状况的路段融合。Projecting the condition contour map onto the road section where the road condition occurs through the target image source, so that the condition contour diagram is merged with the road section where the road condition occurs.
  24. 根据权利要求1-23任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述多层次成像系统为用于车辆的多层次成像系统,所述驾驶信息包括:所述车辆的操作信息、行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息、导航信息;The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-23, wherein the multi-level imaging system is a multi-level imaging system for a vehicle, and the driving information includes: operation information, driving speed, Acceleration, vehicle status information, navigation information;
    所述电子控制单元还配置为用于:The electronic control unit is also configured to:
    当根据所述导航信息、所述车辆的行驶速度、加速度、以及车辆状态信息生成所述车辆的操作建议信息时,采集所述观察者的车辆操作视频,并通过所述抬头显示器将所述操作建议信息展示;When generating operation advice information of the vehicle according to the navigation information, the driving speed, acceleration, and vehicle status information of the vehicle, collect the vehicle operation video of the observer, and display the operation through the head-up display Suggested information display;
    当确定操作规定时长内未检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,生成危险驾驶信息,通过所述抬头显示器将所述危险驾驶信息进行展示,并对驾驶车辆指数进行减量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation advice information is not detected within the specified operation time, generating dangerous driving information, displaying the dangerous driving information through the head-up display, and performing a decrement operation on the driving vehicle index;
    当确定操作规定时长内检测到所述操作建议信息对应的操作时,对驾驶车辆指数进行增量操作;When it is determined that the operation corresponding to the operation suggestion information is detected within the specified operation time period, an incremental operation is performed on the driving vehicle index;
    当确定所述车辆未被操作的时长大于停车时间阈值时,停止采集车辆操作视频,并将所述驾驶车辆指数和采集到的所述车辆操作视频发送到所述抬头显示器进行展示。When it is determined that the length of time the vehicle has not been operated is greater than the parking time threshold, stop collecting vehicle operation videos, and send the driving vehicle index and the collected vehicle operation videos to the head-up display for display.
  25. 根据权利要求1-24所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述电子控制单元配置为:The multi-level imaging system according to claims 1-24, wherein the electronic control unit is configured to:
    根据所述驾驶信息形成显示数据,以及根据驾驶员的个人信息对所述显示数据 进行处理,并根据处理后的显示数据控制所述抬头显示器发出的光线照射到所述成像窗。The display data is formed according to the driving information, the display data is processed according to the driver's personal information, and the light emitted by the head-up display is controlled to irradiate the imaging window according to the processed display data.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述处理包括以下至少之一:提高图像色彩饱和度处理、图像的颜色转换处理、图像的形状转换处理。The multi-level imaging system according to claim 25, wherein the processing includes at least one of the following: color saturation enhancement processing, color conversion processing of the image, and shape conversion processing of the image.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的多层次成像系统,其中,The multi-level imaging system according to claim 25 or 26, wherein:
    所述电子控制单元还配置为识别所述驾驶员的身份信息,并根据所述身份信息确定所述驾驶员的个人信息。The electronic control unit is further configured to identify the driver's identity information, and determine the driver's personal information based on the identity information.
  28. 根据权利要求1-27任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述增强现实抬头显示器包括的所述至少两个像源中的至少之一位于所述曲面镜的靠近焦平面位置或焦平面所在位置。The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-27, wherein at least one of the at least two image sources included in the augmented reality head-up display is located at a position close to the focal plane or focus of the curved mirror. The location of the plane.
  29. 根据权利要求1-28任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述驾驶信息包括行驶信息和环境信息。The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-28, wherein the driving information includes driving information and environmental information.
  30. 根据权利要求1-29任一所述的多层次成像系统,还包括成像窗,其中,所述成像窗为车辆的挡风玻璃,所述眼盒区域为所述多层次成像系统的眼盒区域;The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-29, further comprising an imaging window, wherein the imaging window is a windshield of a vehicle, and the eye box area is an eye box area of the multi-level imaging system ;
    所述挡风玻璃用于在所述挡风玻璃远离所述抬头显示器的一侧呈现出由所述多路光线形成的与所述眼盒区域距离不同的多层图像,形成所述多层图像中的任一层图像的光线能够进入所述眼盒区域。The windshield is used for presenting a multi-layer image formed by the multi-path light at a different distance from the eye box area on the side of the windshield away from the head-up display to form the multi-layer image The light of any layer of the image can enter the eye box area.
  31. 根据权利要求1-30任一所述的多层次成像系统,还包括数据采集设备,The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-30, further comprising a data acquisition device,
    其中,所述数据采集设备用于获取所述车辆周围的环境信息,并将获取到的所述环境信息发送给所述电子控制单元。Wherein, the data collection device is used to obtain environmental information around the vehicle, and send the obtained environmental information to the electronic control unit.
  32. 根据权利要求1-31任一所述的多层次成像系统,其中,所述多层次成像系统为用于交通工具的成像系统。The multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-31, wherein the multi-level imaging system is an imaging system for vehicles.
  33. 一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜、第一像源和第二像源,A head-up display, including a curved mirror, a first image source and a second image source,
    其中,所述第一像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第一路光线,所述第二像源用于发出入射至所述曲面镜的第二路光线;Wherein, the first image source is used to emit a first path of light incident to the curved mirror, and the second image source is used to emit a second path of light incident to the curved mirror;
    所述第一路光线在所述第一像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第一传播路径,所述第二路光线在所述第二像源与所述曲面镜之间具有第二传播路径;The first path of light has a first propagation path between the first image source and the curved mirror, and the second path of light has a second propagation path between the second image source and the curved mirror path;
    所述第一传播路径与所述第二传播路径的长度不同,以使所述抬头显示器通过所述第一路光线显示的第一图像和通过所述第二路光线显示的第二图像具有不同的像距。The lengths of the first propagation path and the second propagation path are different, so that the first image displayed by the first path of light by the head-up display and the second image displayed by the second path of light are different The image distance.
  34. 一种抬头显示器,包括曲面镜和至少一个像源,其中,A head-up display, comprising a curved mirror and at least one image source, wherein,
    所述曲面镜配置为反射所述至少一个像源发出的光线,所述至少一个像源靠近所述曲面镜的焦平面位置或位于所述曲面镜的焦平面所在位置。The curved mirror is configured to reflect light emitted by the at least one image source, and the at least one image source is close to or located at the focal plane of the curved mirror.
  35. 一种交通工具,包括如权利要求1-32任一所述的多层次成像系统或如权利要求33或34所述的抬头显示器。A vehicle comprising the multi-level imaging system according to any one of claims 1-32 or the head-up display according to claim 33 or 34.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的交通工具,还包括成像窗,其中,The vehicle according to claim 35, further comprising an imaging window, wherein:
    所述抬头显示器还包括第二子抬头显示器,所述第二子抬头显示器包括投影设备和光线控制装置;The head-up display further includes a second sub-head-up display, and the second sub-head-up display includes a projection device and a light control device;
    所述投影设备用于发出能够入射到所述光线控制装置的光线;The projection equipment is used to emit light that can be incident on the light control device;
    所述光线控制装置用于改变所述投影设备发出光线的出射方向,以使所述第二子抬头显示器的水平方向视场角不小于15度且竖直方向视场角不小于5度;The light control device is used to change the exit direction of the light emitted by the projection device, so that the horizontal field angle of the second head-up display is not less than 15 degrees and the vertical field angle is not less than 5 degrees;
    所述投影设备安装在所述交通工具内;The projection device is installed in the vehicle;
    所述光线控制装置设置在所述交通工具的中控台与所述成像窗相对的表面上。The light control device is arranged on the surface of the center console of the vehicle opposite to the imaging window.
  37. 如权利要求35或36所述的交通工具,其中,The vehicle according to claim 35 or 36, wherein:
    所述电子控制单元配置为:The electronic control unit is configured as:
    根据所述驾驶信息控制所述第二子抬头显示器发出光线照射到所述成像窗,从而使得所述第二子抬头显示器发出的光线呈现出的图像在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积大于所述多个图像中其余图像中的每个在所述成像窗处的成像区域的面积。According to the driving information, the second head-up display is controlled to emit light to irradiate the imaging window, so that the image presented by the light from the second head-up display has an imaging area larger than the imaging window at the imaging window. The area of the imaging area of each of the remaining images in the plurality of images at the imaging window.
  38. 一种多层次成像系统的成像方法,其中,所述多层次成像系统包括眼盒区域和抬头显示器,所述成像方法包括:An imaging method of a multi-level imaging system, wherein the multi-level imaging system includes an eye box area and a head-up display, and the imaging method includes:
    获取驾驶信息并发送到所述抬头显示器;Acquiring driving information and sending it to the head-up display;
    根据所述驾驶信息控制所述抬头显示器发出多路光线以分别显示多层图像来展示所述驾驶信息,所述多层图像中的至少部分与所述眼盒区域距离不等。According to the driving information, the head-up display is controlled to emit multiple light beams to respectively display multi-layer images to display the driving information, and at least part of the multi-layer images are at different distances from the eye box area.
PCT/CN2021/071146 2020-01-10 2021-01-11 Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, transportation tool, and multi-level imaging method WO2021139818A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010029223.6A CN113103955A (en) 2020-01-10 2020-01-10 Multi-level imaging system
CN202010029234.4A CN113126294B (en) 2020-01-10 2020-01-10 Multi-layer imaging system
CN202010029234.4 2020-01-10
CN202010029223.6 2020-01-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021139818A1 true WO2021139818A1 (en) 2021-07-15

Family

ID=76788104

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071146 WO2021139818A1 (en) 2020-01-10 2021-01-11 Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, transportation tool, and multi-level imaging method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021139818A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101872070A (en) * 2009-04-02 2010-10-27 通用汽车环球科技运作公司 Traffic infrastructure indicator on the head-up display
CN103718104A (en) * 2011-08-02 2014-04-09 3M创新有限公司 Display system and method for projection onto multiple surfaces
WO2015019567A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-02-12 株式会社デンソー Information display device
CN106716248A (en) * 2014-10-22 2017-05-24 英特尔公司 Anti-moire pattern diffuser for optical systems
CN106959512A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-18 富士胶片株式会社 Head-up display
CN107479196A (en) * 2017-07-13 2017-12-15 江苏泽景汽车电子股份有限公司 A kind of AR HUD shuangping san optical systems
CN108422933A (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-21 现代摩比斯株式会社 For realizing the head up display device and its display control method of separately controllable more display fields
CN209381917U (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-09-13 深圳点石创新科技有限公司 A kind of head up display and automobile

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101872070A (en) * 2009-04-02 2010-10-27 通用汽车环球科技运作公司 Traffic infrastructure indicator on the head-up display
CN103718104A (en) * 2011-08-02 2014-04-09 3M创新有限公司 Display system and method for projection onto multiple surfaces
WO2015019567A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-02-12 株式会社デンソー Information display device
CN106716248A (en) * 2014-10-22 2017-05-24 英特尔公司 Anti-moire pattern diffuser for optical systems
CN106959512A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-18 富士胶片株式会社 Head-up display
CN108422933A (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-21 现代摩比斯株式会社 For realizing the head up display device and its display control method of separately controllable more display fields
CN107479196A (en) * 2017-07-13 2017-12-15 江苏泽景汽车电子股份有限公司 A kind of AR HUD shuangping san optical systems
CN209381917U (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-09-13 深圳点石创新科技有限公司 A kind of head up display and automobile

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101908308B1 (en) Lamp for Vehicle
CN102555908B (en) Traffic visibility in poor viewing conditions on full windshield head-up display
US7561966B2 (en) Vehicle information display system
CN113109939B (en) Multi-layer imaging system
US8264367B2 (en) In-vehicle image display apparatus
US8692739B2 (en) Dynamic information presentation on full windshield head-up display
US9267808B2 (en) Visual guidance system
JP7113259B2 (en) Display system, information presentation system including display system, display system control method, program, and mobile object including display system
WO2020125178A1 (en) Vehicle driving prompting method and apparatus
CN112639581B (en) Head-up display and head-up display method
JP2019059248A (en) Head-up display device
WO2017134861A1 (en) Head-up display device
JP6930971B2 (en) Display devices, display systems, and mobiles
WO2021139812A1 (en) Head-up display system and control method therefor, and vehicle
CN113126294B (en) Multi-layer imaging system
CN113126295A (en) Head-up display device based on environment display
JP2019059247A (en) Head-up display device
US20230012932A1 (en) Vehicle control device and control method therefor
WO2021139818A1 (en) Multi-level imaging system, head-up display, transportation tool, and multi-level imaging method
CN113119863B (en) Whole vehicle window imaging system
CN113103955A (en) Multi-level imaging system
KR20240012449A (en) Route guidance device and route guidance system based on augmented reality and mixed reality
CN113219656B (en) Vehicle-mounted head-up display system
CN113156645A (en) Vehicle intelligent auxiliary system based on stereoscopic vision display
CN113119864B (en) Full car window imaging system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21738701

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21738701

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1